Manual 20-1225-102 (Ultraflow Max)

Prévia do material em texto

Marfrig (Várzea Grande - 800 SB) 
Project 20-1225-102 
Ultraflow Max
 
DANTECH FREEZING 
SYSTEMS A/S 
SPEDITØRVEJ 1, BUILDING 39 
9000 AALBORG, Denmark. 
CVR 38330284 
Phone: +45 99 733700 
Fax: +45 98 232249 
 
DANTECH FREEZING 
SYSTEMS PTE. LTD. 
159 Kampong Ampat, KA 
Place Tower #16-03/03A/04 
Singapore 368328 
COMPANY NO: 201415555H 
DANTECH FREEZING 
SYSTEMS 
Ul. Warszawska 62 C1 
95-070 Aleksandrow 
Lodzki 
Poland 
Phone: +48 509 914 200 
 
DANTECH FREEZING 
SYSTEMS 
Verkaufs- und 
Servicebüro 
Zentral Europa 
Gewerbepark 18 
49143 Bissendorf 
Deutschland 
Phone: 
 +49 5402 7016-58 
Fax: 
 +49 5402 7016-59 
Email: info@dantechfreezing.com Web: www.dantechfreezing.com 
 
 
 
 
Ultraflow Max 
Instruction Manual 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS® is a registered trademark. All rights reserved. 
Dantech Freezing Systems A/S is referred to as “Dantech” in this manual. 
All information in this document is subject to change without further notice and does not represent a 
commitment by Dantech Freezing System. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a 
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying or 
otherwise, without the prior written permission of Dantech Freezing System A/S. 
This manual was originally written in English. 
Copyright © 2014 Dantech Freezing System A/S. All rights reserved. Published by Dantech Freezing 
Systems. 
 
 
 
 
Improvements and Customer Support 
You can help Dantech improve this manual and the equipment you purchased. If you find errors in the 
manual or issues with the equipment, please let us know. You can contact us at: 
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS A/S 
SPEDITØRVEJ 1, BUILDING 39 
9000 AALBORG, DENMARK , CVR 38330284 
Tel: +45 99 733700 Fax +45 98232249 
 
General Inquires: info@dantechfreezing.com 
Spares & Service: spares@dantechfreezing.com 
Web Site: http://www.dantechfreezing.com 
 
Publication History 
Version Date Description of changes Approved by: 
1 04.10.2016 Creation of the user manual 
 
2 10.14.2018 Minor updates 
 
3 10.14.2019 revision of the manual to comply with ISO 20706 
 
NOTE: Please include the manual Revision Number when 
communicating with technical support regarding this product 
mailto:info@dantechfreezing.com
file:///E:/03-%20Manual-2016/DT-Spiral%20Oven/spares@dantechfreezing.com
http://www.dantechfreezing.com/
Customer
Marfrig Global Foods S.A.
Al Julio Muller 
Res Alameda 1650 Ponte Nova
Várzea Grande, Mato Grosso, Brazil
Product / Article
Type
Serial number
Project number
Additional information
Function
2014/30/EU
1935/2004/EC
10/2011/EC
2014/68/EU
2006/42/EC
EN ISO 12100:2010-11
Description Brand Type Serial number
In-feed/Inspection Conveyor Dantech C/ST-700/1600 20-1225-101
Ultraflow Max Freezer Dantech 800-SB-100-15M 20-1225-102
EC declaration of conformity
according to the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC, Annex II 1. A
Original
Manufacturer
Dantech Freezing Systems A/S
Speditørvej 1, Building 39
DK - 9000 Aalborg
Person established in the Community authorised to compile the relevant technical documentation
Michael Hansen
Dantech Freezing Systems A/S
Speditørvej 1, Building 39
DK - 9000 Aalborg
Description and identification of the machinery
See Machinery List
See Machinery List
See Machinery List
20-1225
1,800 kg/h Ultraflow Max Freezing Line of 10:1 Beef Patties
Freezing Line
It is expressly declared that the machinery fulfils all relevant provisions of the following EU Directives or 
Regulations:
Directive 2014/30/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 February 2014 on the harmonisation of 
the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility (recast)
Published in 2014/L 96/79 of 3/29/2014
EC Directive 1935/2004/EC of the european parliament and of the council of 27 October 2004
on materials and articles intended to come into contact with food and repealing Directives 80/590/EEC and 
89/109/EEC
EC Directive 10/2011/EC of 14 January 2011
on plastic materials and articles intended to come into contact with food
Corrigendum to Directive 2014/68/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 May 2014 on the 
harmonisation of the laws of the Member States relating to the making available on the market of pressure 
equipment
Published in 2015/L 157/112 of 6/23/2016
Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 May 2006 on machinery, and amending 
Directive 95/16/EC (recast) (1)
Published in L 157/24 of 6/9/2006
Reference to the harmonised standards used, as referred to in Article 7 (2):
Safety of machinery - General principles for design - Risk assessment and risk reduction (ISO 12100:2010)
Page 1/1
Aalborg, 05/02/2021
Place, Date Signature
Michael Hansen
Machinery List
Production year
2021
2021
Technical Manager
Safety 1 
Introduction_ 2 
Safety Instructions 3 
Technical Specifications 4 
Ultraflow Max 5 
Safety Devices 6 
Operations 7 
User Interface 8 
Production Startup 9 
Maintenance 10 
Cleaning 11 
Troubleshooting 12 
Spare Parts 13 
Electrical Diagrams _ 14 
Reference Documents 15 
 
Table of Contents 
1. Safety ..................................................................................................................................................... 1 
1.1 Additional Safety Information ................................................................................................... 3 
2. Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 4 
2.1 Intended use ............................................................................................................................ 4 
2.2 Warranty Information ............................................................................................................... 4 
2.3 About This Manual ................................................................................................................... 5 
2.4 How to Read the User Manual ................................................................................................ 5 
3. Safety Instructions ............................................................................................................................... 6 
3.1 General .................................................................................................................................... 6 
3.2 Safety During Operation .......................................................................................................... 6 
3.3 Safety Prior/During Maintenance............................................................................................. 7 
3.4 Safety Stickers ......................................................................................................................... 8 
3.5 Classification of Safety Signs .................................................................................................. 9 
3.6 Safety Sticker/Signs Locations .............................................................................................. 10 
4. Technical Specifications .................................................................................................................... 11 
5. Ultraflow Max ...................................................................................................................................... 12 
5.1 About the freezer ................................................................................................................... 12 
5.2 Main Parts Ultraflow Max ....................................................................................................... 13 
6. SafetyDevices .................................................................................................................................... 14 
6.1 Emergency Stop Buttons ....................................................................................................... 14 
7. Operation ............................................................................................................................................. 15 
7.1 Controls and Indicators .......................................................................................................... 15 
Touch Screen .................................................................................................................... 15 
Controls and indicators ...................................................................................................... 15 
Tower Light ........................................................................................................................ 16 
7.2 Before You Start .................................................................................................................... 17 
Remove Moisture Before Startup: ..................................................................................... 17 
Safety Instructions ............................................................................................................. 17 
7.3 Power On ............................................................................................................................... 18 
8. User Interface ...................................................................................................................................... 19 
8.1 About the User Interface ........................................................................................................ 19 
8.2 Touch Screen ........................................................................................................................ 19 
Language Selection ........................................................................................................... 19 
Access Control .................................................................................................................. 20 
Log In ................................................................................................................................. 20 
8.3 Function and Navigation Keys ............................................................................................... 21 
8.4 Screens Overview ................................................................................................................. 22 
Standard Screens .............................................................................................................. 22 
Home Screen .................................................................................................................... 22 
 
Recipe Screen ................................................................................................................... 25 
Monitor Main Screen ......................................................................................................... 27 
Start/Stop Screen .............................................................................................................. 29 
Start/Stop (Blower) Screen ................................................................................................ 32 
Freezing Screen ................................................................................................................ 33 
Defrost Screen .................................................................................................................. 33 
Alarm History ..................................................................................................................... 36 
Tower Light Temperature Setting Screen ......................................................................... 38 
Hour Run Recorder Screen ............................................................................................... 39 
Temperature Screen ......................................................................................................... 39 
Motor Constant Screen ..................................................................................................... 40 
Data Logging Screen ......................................................................................................... 41 
9. Startup Procedure .............................................................................................................................. 42 
10. Maintenance ...................................................................................................................................... 43 
10.1 Maintenance Schedule ........................................................................................................ 43 
10.2 Lubrication products ............................................................................................................ 45 
10.3 Defrosting ............................................................................................................................ 45 
10.3 Lubrication ........................................................................................................................... 46 
Grease Location Ultraflow Max ......................................................................................... 46 
10.4 Gear Motor Oil ..................................................................................................................... 47 
10.5 SEW Gearmotor Terminal Box ............................................................................................ 48 
Installation Procedure ........................................................................................................ 49 
11. Cleaning ............................................................................................................................................. 50 
11.1 General Cleaning Steps ...................................................................................................... 50 
11.2 Cleaning in General ............................................................................................................. 51 
Training Staff ..................................................................................................................... 51 
11.3 Materials Used in DANTECH Equipment ............................................................................ 52 
11.4 Cleaning Fluids .................................................................................................................... 53 
Water and Temperature .................................................................................................... 53 
Detergents ......................................................................................................................... 53 
11.5 Daily Cleaning ..................................................................................................................... 54 
11.6 Cleaning Procedures ........................................................................................................... 55 
Sanitize the Conveyor ....................................................................................................... 55 
Cleaning Evaporator and Fans.......................................................................................... 55 
11.7 Preparation .......................................................................................................................... 56 
Rinsing the Environment ................................................................................................... 56 
Rinsing the Machine .......................................................................................................... 56 
Pre-Clean Preparations ..................................................................................................... 56 
Evaporator& Plenum Air Box Cleaning ............................................................................ 57 
11.8 Sanitizing ............................................................................................................................. 58 
Final Inspection ................................................................................................................. 58 
12. Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................................... 59 
12.1 Troubleshooting Procedures ............................................................................................... 59 
13. Spare Parts ........................................................................................................................................ 61 
13.1 Spare Parts Drawings .......................................................................................................... 62 
13.2 Mechanical Spare Parts List ................................................................................................ 68 
 
13.3 Electrical Spare Parts List ................................................................................................... 71 
 
1 
 
1. Safety 
STANDARD SAFETY AND WARNING NOTICE FOR 
ALL DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS’ EQUIPMENT 
This manual is intended to help operators and personal that are working on or near the machine. 
All Dantech Freezing Systems products are designed with safety in mind, with safety features for 
secure operation and service. These features shall at all-time be in working order. Machines can 
be dangerous even with safety features if misused. Safety Is a part of this manual, to ensure that 
the operator of the equipment avoids injury and avoiding equipment damage. 
It’s the operator’s responsibility to operate the equipment in accordance with all the safety 
instructions and procedures in this manual. It is the users/operator’s responsibility to ensure that 
the equipment is properly maintained and serviced by prober trained personal. 
All persons involved in the use and/or installation of this machinery should be aware of the following 
instructions and should pay attention to all warnings. 
Failure to follow these instructions or other safety instructions in the manual voids all warranties 
and may result in malfunction of the machinery, property damage, serious personal injury, or death. 
 
• The installation and use of this product must comply with all applicable national, state, 
and local codes. 
• Turn the electrical power off when working on the machinery. Turn the main electrical 
breaker, located on the electrical cabinet, to the OFF position and lock the breaker with 
a padlock. 
• Electrical installations and repairs must be performed by a licensed electrician, in 
accordance with manufacturer's specifications and national and local electrical codes. 
• Operating the machinery without the supplied guards or covers installed is a misuse of 
the machinery and can cause a personal hazard 
 
 
2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Do Not: 
Work on any moving parts of the machinery, such as belts, motors, belt tension adjusters, or rollers, 
without first disconnecting the electrical power and closing the main air supply valve. 
Otherwise, a serious personal injury or death may result. 
Do Not: 
Work on electrical or air cabinets without first disconnecting the electrical power or a serious 
personal injury or death may result. 
Do Not: 
Make any changes to the emergency stop circuit, or any other part of the freezer. 
 
 
Signal Word Description 
 
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if 
not avoided, will almost certainly result in 
death or serious injury. 
 
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if 
not avoided, could result in death or 
serious injury 
 
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if 
not avoided, could result in minor or 
moderate injury. 
 
Addresses practice not related to personal 
injury. 
 
3 
 
1.1 Additional Safety Information 
 
• Keep long hair tied back and covered. 
• Avoid wearing loose clothing, jewelry, or accessories near moving machine parts. This 
includes ties, shirtsleeves, rings, watches, and other loose-fitting items. 
• Disengage the machinery to avoid moving parts when cleaning and lubricating 
bearings. 
• Avoid moving parts when lubricating with hand-sprayed lubricants. 
• Never work without another person in the vicinity. 
• Wear safety glasses when doing the following: 
- Using a hammer to drive pins, riveting, staking, etc. 
- Drilling, grinding, etc. 
- Using spring hooks or attached springs. 
- Soldering, cutting wire, removing steel bands, etc. 
- Cleaning parts with solvents, spray, or cleaners. 
• After cleaning or maintenance, reinstall all safety devices such as guards, shields, 
signs, and grounding wires. 
• Wear ear protection when exposed to noise exceeding 70 dB, such as when using a 
grinder, band saw or hammer. 
• Lift items with a straight back, and push up with your leg muscles, to prevent back 
strain. Do not lift heavy equipment or parts without assistance. 
• Use only FDA or USDA approved solvents, grease or oils. 
 
 
4 
 
2. Introduction 
2.1 Intended use 
This machine is a continuous freezer for food products and can be used with a wide variety of 
products. Use only the Ultraflow Max freezer with the product specified in the order confirmation. 
2.2 Warranty Information 
For specific warranty information, please consult the written contract of the purchase to Order 
Confirmation No. 20-1225 
 
NOTE 
If the Ultraflow freezer is used with a different product, then specified in the 
order confirmation. This will be considered improper use of the machine. 
• If a product changeover is wanted, please consult Dantech Freezing 
systems beforehand. 
NOTE 
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS A/S does not warrant any equipment that has 
not been used according to specifications. The same applies if the equipment 
has been modified in any way without Dantech’s consent. 
 
5 
 
2.3 About This Manual 
The Ultraflow Max Freezer User Manual is intended to assist you in the everyday use and 
maintenance. The manual provides information on the following subjects: safety, cleaning, 
adjustments, operation, maintenance, and minor repairs. 
Table 1 Personnel Relevance 
Subjects Chapters 
Indented 
user(s) 
Safety 1, 2, 3, 6 All authorized personnel 
Operation 4, 5, 7, 8, 9 Operators, maintenance 
Maintenance 10 Operators, maintenance 
Cleaning 11 
Cleaning personnel, 
operators, maintenance 
Troubleshooting 12 
Operators, 
Maintenance, 
Contractors 
Spare Parts 13 All authorized personnel 
Electrical diagrams 14 
Maintenance 
(Electrician), 
Contractors 
Reference documents 15 All authorized personnel 
2.4 How to Read the User Manual 
Everything that has great importance for the reader of this manual, is written in boxes. These boxes 
normally contain warnings or Note/tip than can be useful for the user. 
The user Manual has main chapters and subchapters. The chapters and subchapters have a 
number followed by a title to ease the search for the correct chapter. 
Example “5. machine overview” any subchapters to this chapter will be numbered with a second 
decimal and look like this “5.1 machine specifications” and will look like this in the table of content: 
5. Machine overview 
5.1 Machine specifications 
NOTE 
Before you start working on the processing lines, make sure you read 
and understand the warnings and the warranty agreement. 
 
 
6 
 
3. Safety Instructions 
3.1 General 
 
All personnel must only carry out the work they have been trained to perform. This applies to both 
maintenance work and the normal machine operation, especially in the following places: 
 
• DO NOT: Place your hands under the belts, especially not near the rollers at the conveyor 
ends. 
• DO NOT: Place your hands near thedrive chain/motor, especially when the machine is 
running. 
 
• DO NOT: Step on the belt or put heavy tools and equipment on it whether it is running or 
not. 
3.2 Safety During Operation 
The Ultraflow Max Freezer should only be operated by personnel who have undergone proper 
training and education on its operation. This User Manual must also be carefully read and 
understood by everyone involved in the operations of the Ultraflow Max Freezer. 
The following must be kept in mind before and during operation of the Ultraflow Max Freezer: 
 
 
• Wear suitable protective clothing and ensure that clothing, hair, etc. to prevent getting 
caught in the belt or other moving parts. 
• Do not stand on the belt. 
• Keep all guards in place. 
• Know the location of all the Emergency Stop buttons. 
• In case of emergency, press the Emergency Stop button. 
 
 
DO NOT enter the Ultraflow freezer while it is running! 
 
7 
 
• Always inform a colleague or co-worker before entering the Ultraflow Max Freezer 
unit. 
• Do not leave tools or loose equipment on belt. This may cause damage when the 
system is started. 
• Do not leave tools or loose equipment near the fan entries. They could be drawn into 
the fans causing serious damage to fans and coils. As the refrigerant or tube 
evaporator system also works with ammonia, damage and leakage can be fatal to 
personnel near accident. 
• Be aware that the floor may be slippery or icy. 
3.3 Safety Prior/During Maintenance 
 
The following must be kept in mind before and during the performance of maintenance 
procedures on the Ultraflow Max Freezer: 
• Do not stand on the belt. 
• Do not leave tools or loose equipment on belt. This may cause damage when the 
system is started. 
• Do not leave tools or loose equipment near the fan entries. They could be drawn into 
the fans causing serious damage to fans and coils. As the refrigerant or tube 
evaporator system also works with ammonia, damage and leak can be fatal to the 
personnel close to the accident. 
• Safety switches are only helpful if operating properly. Check at least once a week if 
they are functional. 
• Always lock off isolator when working inside the Ultraflow Max unit or on powered 
equipment. 
• Put a “DO NOT TOUCH” sign on the isolator, before starting the maintenance 
procedure. 
 
• Always inform a colleague or co-worker before entering the Ultraflow Max Freezer 
unit. 
• Coils contain a refrigerant substance that may leak. When working inside the unit, 
ensure that you have a quick and easy exit, especially if freezing is on. 
 
8 
 
3.4 Safety Stickers 
The Ultraflow Max Freezer is supplied with warning labels for your safety. Here are some of the 
common warning labels found on the machine. 
 
Electrical hazard. Shut off power before opening. Parts should 
be serviced only by qualified personnel. 
 
 
 
Danger of hands or arms getting crushed between belt roller 
and belt. The label is placed near conveyor ends. 
 
 
 
Low temperature warning. Appropriate clothing and 
protection may be required. 
 
 
 
Slip hazard. Floor is slippery when wet. Watch your step. 
 
 
 
Safety boots required when operating the machine. 
 
 
 
Protective gloves required when operating the machine. 
 
 
 
Ear protection required when operating the machine. 
 
 
 
Protective clothing required when operating the machine. 
 
 
9 
 
 
 Read and understand the user manual before operating the 
machine. 
 
 
 
 
3.5 Classification of Safety Signs 
 
 
Warning sign that indicates a hazard. 
In this example: Electric Shock 
 
 
Mandatory action required to avoid a Hazard 
In this example: it is mandatory to wear ear protection 
 
 
Prohibited symbol that specifies an action that aren’t allowed. 
In this example: Mount guards/protectors on the machine 
before continuing normal operation. 
 
 
Replace guards / protectors / meshes in their original location 
before starting up the machine. 
 
10 
 
3.6 Safety Sticker/Signs Locations 
In this chapter the location of the warning signs and stickers is shown in the pictures. Operators 
and service people need to understand the meaning of the warning labels/stickers. 
 
Figure 1 Safety Sticker Location 
 
 
On the main electrical 
cabinet, there is mounted 
safety stickers/ warning 
labels on the doors. Inside 
the cabinet there is a 
possibility to get 
shocked/electrocuted. Read 
the instructions manual 
before opening the doors. 
 
 
 
 
On both doors are there 
mounted warning 
labels/safety stickers. 
 
 
 
11 
 
4. Technical Specifications 
Table 2 
Machine Specifications 
Description: ULTRAFLOW MAX 
Type: 800-SB-100-15M 
Machine ID.no: 20-1225-102 
Height: 3265 [128,5”] 
Width: 3050 [120,1”] 
Length: 21200 [834,6”] 
Designed to handle the following product: Beef Patties 
Production year: 2021 
Capacity: 1800 kg/h 
Supply voltage: 3 X 380 V + P + E, 60Hz 
Refrigerant: R717 (Ammomia) 
 
 
 
NOTE 
The actual technical specifications of each Ultraflow Freezer unit vary according to 
customer requirements as agreed on the order confirmation. See your written Order 
Confirmation 20-1225 for the exact technical data of your equipment. 
 
12 
 
5. Ultraflow Max 
5.1 About the freezer 
The Dantech Ultraflow Max Freezer is a compact unit that is ideal for freezing small products such 
as shrimps, fish fillets, and hamburgers, as well as fragile products and products packed in trays. 
It is currently used in the following industries: 
• Poultry 
• Meats 
• Seafood 
• Bakery 
• Prepared foods 
 
Figure 2 Ultraflow Max Freezer 
The freezer transport products through the tunnel where fans blow air through the evaporators 
where it is cooled and then guided vertically onto the products by specially designed impingement 
plates. 
 
 
 
 
 
13 
 
5.2 Main Parts Ultraflow Max 
 
Figure 3 Main Parts Ultraflow Max 
Ultraflow Max Main Components 
1. Insulated 
Housing 
4. Fans 
2. Plenum 
Chamber 
5. Cleaning 
Hatches 
3. Evaporator 6. Belt 
 
14 
 
6. Safety Devices 
6.1 Emergency Stop Buttons 
The Ultraflow Max Freezer is equipped with emergency stop buttons in strategic locations around 
the unit. Once pressed, it immediately stops any ongoing processes in the freezer. 
There is an emergency button on each side of the inlet and outlet of the freezer as well at the 
control panel. If the freezer is fitted with a remote terminal unit, there will be an emergency stop 
located below the screen. It can be easily seen due its distinctive bright red button and yellow base. 
. 
 
Figure 4 Emergency Stop Location 
 
 
15 
 
7. Operation 
7.1 Controls and Indicators 
Touch Screen 
All Ultraflow Max Freezer functions are controlled from the touch screen of the Control Panel. The 
control panel is activated once the main power switch is turned on. 
Controls and indicators 
The following table shows a list of basic controls and indicators that can be found on your Ultraflow 
Max freezer. 
Table 3 Description of Controls 
Emergency Stop 
button 
The emergency stop button instantly shuts the Ultraflow 
Max Freezer off. Do not use the button, unless in an 
emergency because it turns off the electrical supply and 
abruptly stops the system. 
START/STOP button 
Starts/Stops the equipment. This is located on the 
Control Panel. 
Power On indicator Lights up when the unit is running. 
Mains breaker Disconnects the mains power supply to the unit. 
 
 
NOTE 
For details on how to control your freezer from the touch screen of the control 
panel, see the chapter in this User Manual. 
 
16 
 
Tower Light 
The Ultraflow Max Freezer comes installed with a Tower Light which shows the operations status 
of the unit. The following are descriptions of what the indication of the Tower Lights colors. 
 
 
Figure 5 
Table 4 Description of Tower Light Colors 
Red 
Lights up as soon as the unit is switched on (along with GREEN).This indicates that the desired temperature for operation has not 
been reached. 
ALARM – RED is ON, until fault recover 
Yellow Indicates fault. This is usually accompanied by the buzzer sound. 
Green 
Lights up as soon as the unit is switched on (along with RED). This 
indicates that the unit is ready for operation. 
 
 
 
17 
 
7.2 Before You Start 
Remove Moisture Before Startup: 
• Start the fans and belt, and let it run for 20 minutes 
• Do not set the freezer in “Freezing mode”, the moisture will freeze and cause problems. 
Safety Instructions 
 
• All persons are clear out of the machine. 
• All guards are in place. 
• No maintenance work is being performed on the machine. 
o Verify that there is no look/sign on the main switch 
o Verify that the machine is clear 
o The employee must personally verify that the machine is clear before switching the 
power on 
• All maintenance and entrence doors are securely closed and locked. 
• Make sure there are no foreign objects that can interfere with the belt’s movements. 
• Make sure that there are no fault alarms. 
 
 
REMEMBER 
Moisture may form inside the freezer because of several reasons: humid air 
entering the freezer, cleaning procedures, hot air outside the freezer. 
The product being processed by the machine and the products treatment 
before entering the freezer. 
NOTE 
Make sure that your Ultraflow Freezer is free of moisture before starting it 
up. Starting the unit with trapped moisture inside can cause serious damage 
to the freezer 
 
18 
 
7.3 Power On 
The power supply for the machine is turned on with the main switch located on the control panel 
for the Ultraflow Max Freezer. 
 
 
Figure 6 Main Power Switch 
Once the control panel has booted up, the main freezer unit can be switched on using the Start 
button from the control panel. 
 
 
NOTE 
For details on how to control your freezer from the touch screen of the control 
panel, see the next chapter. 
NOTE 
Before turning the power on, make sure that the power supply voltage is 
according to the required specifications of your machine. 
 
19 
 
8. User Interface 
8.1 About the User Interface 
The following sections describe the Ultraflow Max Freezer touchscreen user interface. The user 
interface is designed for the operator and an administrator, the production manager or engineer, 
who is normally responsible for the daily operation of the equipment. 
The user interface consists of a touchscreen control panel with keys and indicators and various 
screen icons. The user interface is described in more details in the following sections. 
8.2 Touch Screen 
This startup screen is the default display once power is switched on for the first time. Touch the 
flag representing your language of choice to start using the control panel. 
 
Figure 7 Startup Screen 
Language Selection 
The language on the interface depends on what has been requested by the customer as specified 
in the order confirmation. You can easily change to your desired language by tapping onto the flags 
in the bottom right corner of the screen. 
• The user interface is displayed on the touchscreen. Gently tap to on the screen 
to execute or navigate around the user interface 
 
20 
 
Access Control 
Access to some of the screens and features of the Ultraflow Max freezer user interface requires 
password and is controlled with two access levels. 
• Level 1 user (normal user such as operator and engineers) 
• Level 2 user (higher authorization such as supervisor and project manager) 
 A password is required for each level. Contact DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS for the unique 
passwords assigned the different level users. 
 
Log In 
Due to the higher authorization level, the Level 3 and 4 users has access to the same features as 
a Level 1 and 2 users, including features that only are accessible for Level 3 and 4 users. 
 
Figure 8 Touchscreen Login Keypads 
Figure 10 shows the keypad that appears, and the required security level password will be 
displayed above the keypad whenever a login is required for the page or feature you are trying to 
access. 
 
 
21 
 
8.3 Function and Navigation Keys 
The following keys/buttons are common to many of the function screens of the control panel. They 
either help you navigate between screens or help perform certain functions. 
 
Table 5 Navigation Buttons 
 
 
 
 
Start/Stop. Initiates/stops a process on the machine. 
 
 
Numeric textbox. This white display requires a numeric input. 
Touching the textbox brings up a numeric keypad. The grey 
displays a value or setpoint. The values in these displays are 
normally altered with Up/Down arrows. 
 
Home. This appears on all the screens. It brings the control panel 
display back to the Home screen where the main menu is 
displayed. 
 
Next. It shows the next page from your current screen. 
 
Back. It shows the previous page of your current screen. 
 
Service. It shows the service page of the function screen usually 
after keying in the required password. 
 
22 
 
8.4 Screens Overview 
Standard Screens 
Standard screens refer to the basic set of screens that come with all freezer units. The figure below 
shows an overview of all the standard screens in the user interface of the Ultraflow Max Freezer 
and more if auxiliary functions/equipment has been purchased. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Figure 9 Standard screens In the Ultraflow Max Freezer User Interface 
Home Screen 
Once language is chosen, the Home Screen is displayed showing the main menu. It contains the 
icons that bring up the different function screens of the control panel. 
 
 NOTE 
The icons displayed vary according to the specifications and auxiliary 
equipment available to your main equipment. 
 
Recipe Start/Stop Freezing Defrost
Tower Light 
Setting
Hour Run 
Record
Alarm 
History Motor Data
Temperature Data log
 
23 
 
 
Figure 10 Home Screen 
Table 6 Home Screen Functions 
 
 
 
Menu are that has icons that bring up the main function 
screens of the control panel. 
 
Status indicator lights where green blinking boarder means the 
feature is running and red means it is inactive 
 Back button which brings you to the previous screen 
 
Toolbar shows the most recently used recipe (if any) and 
corresponding dwell time (product time from inlet to outlet) 
 Status bar showing current room and suction temperature. 
 
24 
 
Table 7 Standard Menu Icons 
 
 
Recipe. Displays the Recipe main screen. Level 4 password is required to 
proceed. 
 
Run. Displays the Start/Stop main screen. 
 
Freezing. Displays the Freezing main screen. 
 
Defrost. Displays the Defrost main screen. 
 
Tower Light Temperature Setting. Displays the Temperature Setting 
screen. Level 1 password is required to proceed. 
 
Hour Run Recorder. Displays the Hour Run Recorder screen. Level 1 
password is required to proceed. 
 
Alarm History. Displays the Alarm History screen. Level 1 password is 
required to proceed. 
 
Data Log. Displays the Data Logging screen. Level 2 password is required 
to proceed. 
 
Motor Data. Displays the Motor Constant screen. Level 2 password is 
required to proceed. 
 
Temperature. Displays the Temperature Rectify screen. Level 2 password 
is required to proceed. 
 
25 
 
Recipe Screen 
Recipe 
The Recipe icon brings you the main recipe page. Pre-programmed recipes can be retrieved by 
touching on the Recipe Name textbox which is accessible from the recipe screen. 
 
Figure 11 New Recipe Information 
Select a Recipe to Run 
DANTECH offers this program feature which can be used to input, store and retrieve the desired 
running parameter for each of the customers product, to make product change over faster and 
easier. 
Please refer to the figure above or to your control panel touch screen to follow these instructions. 
1. Select the recipe name from the list on the blue list on the left side of the recipe screen.2. Press apply and run the freezer to the selected recipe settings. 
3. Once selected, the recipe name and all its settings will be loaded to the ready to run memory. 
The settings displayed will also be updated on the right side of the screen. 
4. Start the freezer to run the selected recipe 
 
NOTE 
This is a typical recipe screen. It may slightly vary depending on the 
various conveyors belt systems attached to the machine. 
Level 4 password is required to access this screen. 
 
26 
 
Adding New Recipe 
DANTECH offers this program feature which can be used to input, store, and retrieve the desired 
running parameter for each of the customers product, to make product change over faster and 
easier. 
Please refer to the figure and your control panel touch screen to follow these instructions. 
1. Touch the Recipe Name textbox. Use the pop-up keyboard the enter the new recipe name. 
2. Set all the parameters such as the belt speed for the infeed conveyor, dwell time etc. 
3. Press save recipe. You can save as many as 100 recipes in the data memory. 
Modify a Recipe 
Please refer to the figure above or to your control panel touch screen to follow these instructions. 
1. Select the recipe you wish to modify from the list on the left column of the Recipe screen. 
2. Touch the icon . The settings displayed will be updated on the right column of the 
screen. 
3. Modify the settings you wish to change by touching the corresponding textbox and entering 
the new values. Save the recipe again by pressing 
 
 
27 
 
Monitor Main Screen 
Touching the Run icon brings you to the Monitor page of the freezer as shown in Figure 12. 
The screen will allow you to start/stop the freezer operations from the master control while viewing 
the overall freezer and conveyor operation. 
 
Figure 12 Monitor Main Screen 
Table 8 Monitor Screen Functions 
 Shows the status of the Buffer Mode Count Down. 
 
Master Control is your one touch button into operating the 
Ultraflow freezer. Touch to go to the Auxiliary Equipment 
screen. 
Press the button to run the master control and 
button to stop the master control process. 
 To switch on/off the freezer lights 
 To prompt the next page of the Monitor screen. 
 
 
 
28 
 
Auxiliary Equipment Screen 
This control screen shown in Figure 13 allows you to manually select or unselect any equipment to 
run under the Master Control (Auxiliary Equipment) in Figure 12. 
 
Figure 13 Auxiliary Equipment Screen 
 
 
29 
 
Start/Stop Screen 
Touching the icon from Figure 12 brings you to the Monitor page of the freezer as shown in 
Figure 14. The Start/Stop screen allows the user to start/stop the freezers and cooling fans 
accordingly to preferences within the food line. 
 
Figure 14 Start/Stop Screen (Monitor - Page 2) 
 
Start/Stop switches on/off for the In-feed conveyor. 
• Press the button to run and button to 
stop the conveyor. 
 
Start/Stop switches on/off for the Brush Motor. 
• Press the button to run and button to 
stop the brush. 
 
Start/Stop switches on/off the Main Conveyor of the Ultraflow 
Freezer. Touch to go to the Main Conveyor Setting screen. 
• Press the button to run and button to 
stop the conveyor. 
• The button indicates the main conveyor is 
running under the Automatic settings. 
 
Start/Stop switches on/off the cooling fans (evaporator) in delay 
mode and in sequence. Touch to go to the Dry Time Setting 
screen and to go to the Cooling Fan Manual Setting screen. 
 
30 
 
• Press the button to run and button to 
stop the cooling fans. 
• Press the to run the drying function and 
 to stop the drying function. The timer 
shows the remaining countdown of the drying 
function. 
 Prompts the user log in pop-out to enable all function access. 
 To prompt next page (Start/Stop Blower Screen). 
Main Conveyor Setting Screen 
Press on the button on Figure 14, Main Conveyor, to prompt the Main Conveyor Setting 
Screen shown in Figure 15. 
NOTE 
Level 2 password is required to access this screen. 
 
 
Figure 15 Dry Time Setting Screen 
 
The main conveyor is divided into two parts which is the main drive and return drive . The user can 
manually start or stop the conveyor under manual mode during maintenance. Press the 
button to enable manual access. By default, the main conveyor would be in Auto Mode. When the 
white numeric displays are pressed a numeric keypad will appear, and the new setpoints can be 
entered. 
 
31 
 
Dry Time Setting Screen 
Press on the maintenance button to prompt the Dry Time Screen shown in Figure 16. When 
the white numeric displays are pressed a numeric keypad will appear, and the new setpoints can 
be entered. 
 NOTE 
Level 1 password is required to access this screen. 
 
 
Figure 16 Dry Time Setting Screen 
Cooling Fan Setting Screen 
The cooling fan manual screen in Figure 17 gives the option to manually select and start individual 
fans. Press on the maintenance button to under Cooling Fan shown in Figure 14 to 
access this screen. Press on the for Manual Mode and for Auto Mode. 
 NOTE 
Level 1 password is required to access this screen. 
 
 
Figure 17 Cooling Fan Manual Screen 
 
32 
 
Start/Stop (Blower) Screen 
Touching the icon from Figure 14 brings you to the Blower page of the Start/Stop screen as 
shown in Figure 18. 
 
Figure 18 Start/Stop Screen (Monitor - Page 3) 
Under Automatic Mode: 
Press on the button. Button will turn green once activated, the 
blower will be running according to the default time sequence cycle. 
 
The black textbox shows the time duration for the blower to run. 
You can change the setpoints by pressing on the numeric display. 
The yellow textbox indicates the countdown time for the blower to 
run. 
 
This shows the time taken for the blower to stop. You can change 
the setpoints by pressing on the numeric display. The yellow 
textbox indicates the countdown time for the blower to stop. 
 
Under Manual Mode: 
The blower can also be operated manually through this mode. 
• Press on the button to enable Manual Mode 
• Press the button to run and button to stop the blower. 
 
 
33 
 
Freezing Screen 
The Start and Stop buttons in the Freezing screen gives run signal to the compressor to start or 
stop the freezing process. 
 
Figure 19 Freezing Main Screen 
 
• To start the freezing process, ensure that the refrigerant plant is ready when the green 
lamp it is shown here . Press on the button and all equipment 
set by default will run and press button to stop the freezing process. 
Defrost Screen 
The Defrost screen displays your current defrost time. Before starting the defrost process, ensure 
that the refrigerant plant is ready . 
 
Figure 20 Defrost Main Screen 
 
34 
 
Table 9 Defrost Main Screen Functions 
 
Defrost 1-2 is your master button into operating the defrost 
program in the Ultraflow freezer. 
• Press the button to run the master defrost and 
 button to stop the master defrost process. 
 Press the button to run and button to stop the defrost process in the Ultraflow Freezer 1. 
 Press the button to run and button to stop the defrost process in the Ultraflow Freezer 2. 
 Touch to go to the Defrost Timer Setting screen. 
 
This freezer is equipped with a Belt Wash. The belt wash will run 
accordingly during the defrost process if there is sufficient water 
level. 
 When the Low Level Switch shows a red indicator, it 
means that the water level is insufficient for the belt wash. 
Hence the valves of the water pipe will close 
 
When the Low Level Switch shows a green indicator, it means 
that the water level is sufficient for the belt wash. 
 
 
 
35 
 
Defrost Timer Setting Screen 
Press on the maintenance button to prompt the Defrost Setting Screen shown in Figure 21. 
When the white numeric displays are pressed a numeric keypad will appear, and the newsetpoints 
can be entered. 
 NOTE 
Level 1 password is required to access this screen. 
 
 
Figure 21 Defrost Setting Screen 
This Page for the Pre-set Value and optional use only. 
Defrost Time Indicates the pre-set time for defrost process relay 
Drain Water From Pipe Indicates the pre-set time to extract liquid from the evaporator 
Dry By Cooling Fans Indicates the time set to switch on the Cooling Fan Running 
 
 
 
36 
 
Alarm History 
The Alarm History screen shows all the alarm that has been triggered including the date and any 
error message that it has generated. This is useful when tracing errors that may have occurred 
during production. 
 
 
Figure 22 Alarm History Screen 
• The latest alarm is shown on the top. You can browse through the alarm history by 
touching using the and buttons 
• Press to delete each alarm messages individually by selecting it. clears 
and delete the whole alarm messages list at one go 
• You can keep the alarm messages for record purposes by selecting the specific alarm 
message and then press once it is resolved. This adds a timestamp on the item 
for your future reference. 
 
 
 
NOTE 
Level 1 password is required to access this. 
 
37 
 
When fault occurs on the machine, button became red and press it will prompt the Fault 
Alarm Status menu shown in Figure 23. 
 
 NOTE 
When this happens, the yellow light on the Tower Light blinks and is 
accompanied by the buzzer sound. For more information on how to 
resolve the faults, see 12.1 Troubleshooting Procedures section in this 
document. 
 
 
 
Figure 23 Fault Alarm Window 
Fault alarms show on alarm list: 
Press on the to mute the alarm buzzer 
Press on the to reset the emergency button. 
Press on the to reset the alarm status. Note that unsolved issues will remain in 
the list. 
 
 
38 
 
Tower Light Temperature Setting Screen 
The Temperature Setting screen shows at which pre-set temperatures certain functions will be 
activated. For example, the door heater will be automatically activated when the freezer reaches a 
certain temperature to avoid freezing the door close. Click on the textboxes to change the values. 
 
 NOTE 
Level 1 password is required to access this screen. 
 
 
Figure 24 Tower Light Temperature Setting Screen 
Tower Light Setpoint 
When the room temperature goes below this 
value, it will trigger the green tower light. This 
means that the temperature is ready for 
production. 
Cooling Fan Stop Setpoint 
To prevent overheating of air, the cooling fans 
are disabled when the temperature reaches the 
interlock set value. 
Door Heater Switch On Setpoint 
The temperature where the door heater is 
automatically on when the air temperature is 
below this point. 
Wall Heater Switch On Setpoint 
The temperature where the wall heater is 
automatically on when the air temperature is 
below this point. 
 
 
 
39 
 
Hour Run Recorder Screen 
The Hour Run Recorder screen shows total production hours run of the machine. This allows you 
to monitor whether it is time for the machine to be serviced or when to do some periodic 
maintenance procedures. 
 NOTE 
Level 1 password is required to access this screen. 
 
 
Figure 25 Hour Run Recorder Screen 
Temperature Screen 
Each temperature monitor feedback can be offset on this screen. 
 NOTE 
Level 2 password is required to access this screen. 
 
 
Figure 26 Temperature Calibration Screen 
Procedure on offsetting is conducted by using a calibrated temperature probe measuring the target 
room temperature. The difference will then be offset and the display changes accordingly. 
 
40 
 
Motor Constant Screen 
The Motor Data screen shows information on the motor constant at the conveyors. The values can 
be adjusted on this screen. Changing motor data will affect the performance of the machine. 
 NOTE 
Level 2 password is required to access this screen. 
 
 
Figure 27 Motor Constant Screen 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Only authorized personnel should change motor data as 
this is very critical to the machine’s performance. 
 
41 
 
Data Logging Screen 
During the production run, data such as conveyor speed, temperature, and others will be logged 
into the memory Card. The time interval of when data should be recorded can be set in the 
Logging Time (Seconds) field at the bottom left corner of the screen. This interval setting affects 
the logging data saved in terms of memory size. 
 NOTE 
A SD Card is inserted into card slot of HMI. Turn off power supply of 
HMI and take SD card out when you copy data to computer. 
Level 2 password is required to access this screen. 
 
 
Figure 28 Data Logging Screen 
 
Figure 29 SD Cards 
 
 
42 
 
9. Startup Procedure 
Follow these instructions carefully to ensure a correct and safe startup of the Ultraflow Max Freezer. 
 NOTE 
All Ultraflow Max Freezer functions are controlled from the touch 
screen of the control panel. For details on how to control your freezer 
from the touch screen of the control panel, see the User Interface 
chapter in this User Manual. 
 
1. Do as described in the “Before you start Chapter”. 
2. Start the system (low speed) 
a. Run the belt at least one revolution. 
b. Supervise the machine (until it´s running consistently) 
3. Select mode (freezing, chilling, etc.) 
4. Start the fans. 
a. Check that the fan-running lights are on. 
5. Adjust the cabinet temperature to desired level. 
6. Minimum 30 minutes is required to allow for full thermal contraction. 
7. When cabinet has reached its desired temperature 
8. Adjust the belt speed to production run. 
9. Start loading the product through the Inlet. 
10. Be sure that product loading is done properly to avoid product jam. 
 
 
 
43 
 
10. Maintenance 
10.1 Maintenance Schedule 
This chapter describes the preventive maintenance of the system for it to run smoothly in optimal 
condition. 
 
 
 
 
 
DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY 
Calibration 
Calibrate air temperature sensor Quarterly 
Calibrate refrigerant suction temperature sensor Quarterly 
Calibrate belt speed Quarterly 
Check parameters of variable frequency drive Quarterly 
Safety 
Check emergency stop button Weekly 
Check product height limit sensor (if installed) Weekly 
Check the earth wiring connection Monthly 
Lubrication 
Lubricate all the conveyor bearings Weekly 
Lubricate all the hoist bearings Weekly 
Lubricate the hoist legs chain/spindles and polymer guides Weekly 
Check oil for contamination Weekly 
Check gearbox oil level Weekly 
Change gearbox oil Quarterly 
Mechanical wear and tear 
 
These maintenance procedures must be performed only by trained staff. Check that 
the isolator has been locked off and always inform a co-worker before going inside 
the drum/cage. For more safety instructions, see the Safety during Maintenance 
section in this document 
 
44 
 
DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY 
Check that the conveyor belt is properly tensioned Quarterly 
Check and ensure the condition of spindle hoist assembly 
for wear and tear 
Quarterly 
Check conveyor wear strips for wear and tear Quarterly 
Check conveyor bearing for wear and tear Quarterly 
Check nylon bearing bush 
(for In-feeds / Inspection conveyors) 
Half-yearly 
Check conveyor sprockets for wear and tear Half-yearly 
Check conveyor motor for wear and tear Annually 
Check the evaporator tubing for any rust or abnormal 
conditions 
Monthly 
Check cable trunking/glands conditions Half-yearly 
Electrical 
Check the settings of overload relays Half-yearly 
Ensure incoming power connectors are securely fastened Half-yearly 
Measure current drawn by fan motors. Ensure it remains 
below rated current on motor nameplate. 
Half-yearly 
Measure current drawn by drives. Ensure it remains below 
rated current on motor nameplate. 
Half-yearly 
Check insulation of the electric drive with Multi-meter Half-yearly 
Check cable conditions withinthe freezer Monthly 
Check the touch screen functionalities Monthly 
Check control panel: 
• Door seals 
• Ventilation fans and thermostat 
• Ensure panel does not overheat 
Monthly 
Check the PLC for any abnormal conditions Monthly 
Download the fault logs and study through the fault alarms Weekly 
 
 
45 
 
Insulation hood 
Check the hood for any damage Monthly 
10.2 Lubrication products 
 
 NOTE 
The following are recommended grease and lubricant for specific 
components of Dantech equipment: 
Klübersynth UH1 14-31 Bearings 
Klüberpaste UH1 84-201 Fasteners 
Klüberoil 4 UH1-15/spray Roller chains (freezing) 
Klüber Summit HySyn FG-32 Gearbox (freezing) 
Klüberoil 4 UH1-220N Gearbox (non-freezing) 
Klüberoil 4 UH1-460N Gearbox (non-freezing) 
 
 
 NOTE 
A Dantech Ultraflow Max Freezer can be delivered with an automatic 
lubrication system, that makes sure that everything is always well 
lubricated. 
 
10.3 Defrosting 
The frequency of defrosting depends on the products processed in the freezer. The easiest way to 
check this is by examining if there is ice on the upper third of the evaporator. It is also important to 
keep an eye on the degree of ice on the belt, which depends on the moisture content of the products 
when freezing. The open area of the belt must never be lower than 70%. Increase of temperature 
in the tunnel may indicate presence of ice buildup. 
During defrosting, fans shall always be activated and preferably if possible, except when water 
defrost is used. 
 
 
 
 
 
46 
 
10.3 Lubrication 
Grease Location Ultraflow Max 
It is important to keep the bearing and other faces well-greased, to prolong the longevity of the 
Ultraflow Max Freezer. The purpose of bearings is to remove frictions between two surfaces. 
Friction will occur if it is not lubricated. In this chapter, the areas and parts which are required to be 
lubricated in accordance with the maintenance table are listed. 
Table 10 Lubrication Location 
 
There is also a 
bearing to support 
the belt drive axle 
opposite side of 
the belt drive 
gearmotor. 
(outlet) 
Polymer block 
located at 
undriven end 
of the belts 
needs to be 
lubricated 
thought the 
grease nipple 
 
To ensure your Ultraflow Max Freezer is working optimally, the bearings must be maintained 
properly by observing the following: 
• Careful installation of new bearings 
• Daily monitoring and control 
• Proper lubrication 
 
Figure 30 Lubrication Locations 
 
47 
 
10.4 Gear Motor Oil 
Proper hear motor oil level and quantity must be maintained for the machine to function correctly. 
Oil level can be checked visually from the gear assembly. 
The oil in the gear unit must be checked every week to check for contamination of water of any 
other element, and to avoid freezing of the fear unit from condensation. 
• Drain about 10% of the oil every week to check 
• If oil quantity is normal, top up the same amount of oil (10%) back to the gear reducer. 
• If oil quantity seems irregular, examine further to see what is wrong and replace oil if 
necessary 
 
Figure 31 Gearmotor Oil 
 
 
 
Fill with oil up 
to the edge. 
Unscrew the 
plug to drain 
oil from the 
tank. Use a 
tray or a 
graduated 
container to 
remove 10% 
of the oil for 
checking. 
 
48 
 
10.5 SEW Gearmotor Terminal Box 
Each SEW Gearmotor is equipped with a terminal box to serve as the connection point for power 
supply cable. The terminal box is designed with a cover plate which facilitates the access to the 
terminal point. Each cover plate has a rubber seal installed under it to ensure the prevention water 
penetration to the terminal box. 
 
Figure 32 Example of the terminal box 
The following explains the standard installation procedure for the terminal box cover of SEW 
gearmotors on your Ultraflow Max freezer. 
NOTE 
Incorrect installation of SEW Gearmotor Terminal Box may lead 
to water penetration and failure of the motor in your freezer. 
 
 
Figure 33 Example of spoiled seal 
 
 
49 
 
Installation Procedure 
• Identify the type of SEW Gearmotor on the motor’s name plate. The DR designation serves 
as the identification of the type of electrical motor. Highlighted on the figure is the 
identification of the electrical motor type (DRN90S). 
 
Figure 34 Example of Gearmotor Name Plate 
• Refer to the correct required force tightening torque according to the type of motor in the 
Tightening torque table. 
 
Figure 35 SEW Gearmotor Tightening Torque Table 
• Tighten the cover plate bolts using a Torque Wrench. 
 
 
 
50 
 
11. Cleaning 
11.1 General Cleaning Steps 
The following sections contain general instructions for good cleaning practices which DANTECH 
FREEZING SYSTEMS considers appropriate for Dantech equipment. The instructions are not a 
proposal for a complete cleaning plan for the user. The best available practices should always be 
used. 
We recommend that you request an introduction to recommended cleaning agents and their use, 
from a qualified distributor of cleaning solutions. Selecting a sanitizer depends on the type of 
equipment to be sanitized, the hardness of the water, the application equipment available, the 
effectiveness of the sanitizer under site conditions, and cost. 
Only approved sanitizers should be used in food processing plants. Lists of approved sanitizers are 
published by the authorities in most countries; see for example the Code of Federal Regulations in 
USA. 
Request technical advice from a reputable sanitizer manufacturer, if you have questions on which 
sanitizer to use, as well as questions on the appropriate solution strength. 
• It is very important that the machine is thoroughly cleaned every day after operation 
especially freezing products such as meat and fish. 
• In general, do not use excessively strong solutions of detergent. Chlorine disintegrates 
belts and strong base solutions (pH>13) corrode aluminum parts, air cylinders for 
example. The use of chlorine may cause rust spots to appear on the stainless steel. 
• High-pressure water jets can easily damage sensitive mechanisms in the equipment. 
Therefore, do not use high-pressure water jets on the controller display, electrical 
cabinets, or motors. Instead, use low water pressure (tap water), or clean these parts by 
hand and pour water over to rinse. 
 
 
 
51 
 
11.2 Cleaning in General 
Cleaning of Ultraflow Max Freezer units involve the use and handling of washing solutions and 
chemicals. Cleaning crews are advised to wear protection during the whole cleaning operations. 
The cleaning process should be done in manageable steps to ensure that the whole system is 
clean. 
• Rinse the nearby walls and floors to prevent cross-contamination from environment after 
the unit has been cleaned 
• Avoid the use of temperatures over 55ºC (131ºF) because some proteins denature in high 
temperatures 
• Rinse dirt off the machine using water jets or brush. Work from the top to bottom. Note 
that using high pressure water during cleaning can spread dirt all over the unit. 
• Spray the unit with foam detergent or by the recommended cleaning product 
• Be sure to reach all corners and hard-to-reach areas 
• Let the detergent work as specified by the manufacturer 
• Rinse off dirt dissolved by the foam. Again, work from top to bottom 
• Use brush on solid dirt 
• Wash the belt and support rails 
• Let the unit dry 
• Lastly, start the fans on dry mode. 
Training Staff 
It is important that new cleaning personnel receive the proper training and are made aware of the 
proper cleaning procedures for this machine. Demonstrate the cleaning procedures for new 
personnel using the instructions in the following sections. Make sure the cleaning personnel are 
familiar with safety rules concerning the use of cleaning agents. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52 
 
11.3 Materials Used in DANTECH 
Equipment 
The materials listed here are common in Dantech equipment.Use the list to determine the 
chemical tolerance of individual parts of the equipment. 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 10 List of Materials 
 
 Material Used in Resistance to 
detergents 
Metals: 
Stainless steel Frames, various 
parts 
High (in normal conditions, for 
example temperatures 
between 
-20 to +30°C/-4 to 86°F) 
Aluminum Load cell brackets 
and spacers, load 
cells, pneumatic 
cylinder ends 
Low, to strong base solutions 
Plastics: 
Polyethylene 
(PE) 
Guides High 
Polycarbonate 
(PC) 
Displays and 
keyboards 
Limited, to strong base 
solutions 
Polypropylene 
(PP) 
Modular conveyor 
belts 
High 
Acetyl (POM) Modular conveyor 
belts 
High, may develop 
precipitations caused by 
chlorine 
Polyvinylchloride 
(PVC) 
Endless belts of 
layered PVC and 
PUR canvas 
Low, especially to minimally 
diluted solutions 
Polyurethane 
(PUR) 
NOTE 
Specific recommendations on types and strength of solutions used for 
cleaning or sanitization should, always, come from a qualified 
distributor of cleaning solutions. 
 
53 
 
11.4 Cleaning Fluids 
Water and Temperature 
• Water can contain a significant number of microorganisms. Therefore, inspection of water 
used for cleaning should be part of a HACCP plan. All impurities in water can influence 
the effectiveness of a detergent or sanitizer. 
• Water hardness is the most important chemical property which directly effects cleaning 
and sanitizing efficiency. 
• The pH value for normal water ranges from pH 6 to pH 8.5. 
• Soils soluble in water are sugars, some starches and most salts. 
• Always use clean water for rinsing and cleaning. Never rinse or clean with seawater. 
• Rinse with cold water, except when working with fat products. In that case use 40-55°C 
(104-131°F) hot water to dissolve the fat. Some fats have a melting point below the 
recommended 40-55°C, so you should adjust the water temperature accordingly. 
• Be careful when using hot water. Some proteins denature in high temperatures and may 
become difficult to remove. 
• Avoid temperatures above 55°C (131°F) because of the corrosive nature of most 
chemical sanitizers. 
Detergents 
The pH value of detergents used on Dantech equipment should preferably be pH 12-13. 
Strong base solutions are the main ingredients in most cleaning agents, for example potassium 
hydroxide (KOH) or caustic soda (NaOH). Because of its corrosive effects, caustic soda is not a 
desirable detergent for Dantech equipment. If possible, use detergent solutions with KOH instead. 
• Always use detergents according to the detergent manufacturer’s instructions. 
• Do not use a detergent containing sodium hypochlorite for daily cleaning. Sodium 
hypochlorite is a common ingredient in detergents, but as it contains chlorine it should be 
used with great care because of chlorine’s corrosive effect on stainless steel. 
 
 
 
54 
 
11.5 Daily Cleaning 
Cleaning is the complete removal of food soils, using appropriate cleaning detergent according to 
instructions. It is important that cleaning personnel understand the different types of food soils and 
how they are removed. 
• Use high alkaline foaming detergent, 2-6% solution, pH 12-13, for regular daily cleaning. 
Avoid using a detergent containing a high amount of sodium hypochlorite for daily 
cleaning. The foaming detergent must be selected carefully and should contain some 
corrosion inhibitors and preferably potassium hydroxide (KOH) instead of sodium 
hydroxide (NaOH). 
• Spray the detergent on all surface areas and leave it, to work for a time specified by the 
cleaning agent’s manufacturer. Then rinse the detergent off with clean, cold water. 
• To kill any remaining bacteria, you must finish the daily cleaning procedure by spraying 
the surface with an approved chemical sanitizer. 
• As chlorine evaporates very quickly, its sanitizing effect will fade soon after it is sprayed 
on the equipment. Letting chlorine stay on the equipment will not improve the sanitizing 
effect, but only damage the equipment. Quaternary ammonium compounds are 
considerably more stable than chlorine and are active for a much longer time. Therefore, 
the benefit of leaving QACs on the equipment for an extended period is much greater 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 
Quaternary ammonium compounds (QACs) are widely used in the food 
processing industry. Keep in mind, however, that while these are effective 
against most bacteria, they act slowly against some common spoilage 
bacteria. Many common bacteria may also develop tolerance against 
QACs, which should therefore not be used for an extended period unless 
they are rotated with compounds of a different type. 
 
55 
 
11.6 Cleaning Procedures 
Before you start cleaning the Ultraflow Max Freezer, follow the instructions below to ensure 
maximum safety during the cleaning. 
Sanitize the Conveyor 
All surfaces in contact with the product should be sanitized daily after every operation and cleaning. 
1. Make sure the surface of the unit is dry before sanitizing 
2. Use quaternary ammonium compound or similar for daily sanitization. 
3. Sanitize with chlorine, maximum 100 ppm once a week 
4. After sanitizing, rinse the conveyor thoroughly with clean water 
5. Let the conveyor dry. 
Cleaning Evaporator and Fans 
• Whenever possible, the evaporators should be emptied of excess refrigerant before cleaning 
to avoid an increase in pressure due to the sudden and huge rise in temperature. This can 
later be pumped back 
• In case an emptying suction process is not possible, water and other cleaning materials must 
have a temperature which does not go above inside pressure of 12 bars. Anything higher 
may cause rupture in the pipe work. 
• Refrigerant pressure-temperature tables are available in the appropriate steam and 
saturation tables. Consult plant refrigeration experts/engineers to determine the safe working 
limits. 
 
 
 
To avoid damaging the sensitive parts of your evaporator unit, it is necessary 
to take utmost care especially when using pressurized water. If uncertain, it 
is best to get the services of a third-party vendor to perform a thorough 
cleaning of your evaporator and fans. 
 
 
56 
 
11.7 Preparation 
Before cleaning the machine, some preparations and checks must be done. 
• The unit must be fully defrosted 
• The room and suction temperature shall be more than +5° C (41° F) 
• Do not clean while freezing. If so, ice will build up from the cleaning water and cause damage 
to evaporators, fan blades, and other parts. 
• Do not pour water colder than 0° C (32° F) into cold evaporator as it can cause ice buildup. 
This can damage the evaporator tubes. 
• Some freezer units are supplied with the CIP program which interlocks with the room 
temperature. The staff must still prepare the machine for cleaning and clean some areas 
manually 
Rinsing the Environment 
1. Rinse nearby walls and floor thoroughly to prevent cross-contamination from the 
environment after manual cleaning 
2. If possible, do not use water temperatures above 55°C (131°F) to avoid heat denatured 
proteins. 
Rinsing the Machine 
1. Rinse soils off the unit using water jets or a brush. Rinse thoroughly from the top down with 
clean water. 
2. Avoid high water pressure in order to prevent spreading of soils. 
3. If possible, do not use water temperatures over 55°C (131°F) to avoid heat denatured 
proteins. 
 
Pre-Clean Preparations 
To ensure that the Ultraflow Max Freezer is cleaned thoroughly, the following must be done as 
before initiating the cleaning procedures 
• Open Swing doors 
• Remove covers from the air return guides 
• Evaporator Plenum access doors 
 
57 
 
 
Figure 36 Access Doors 
 
Evaporator & Plenum Air Box Cleaning 
Evaporator coils can be readily cleaned when the freezer hood is lifted. it comes with access 
ladders at both ends of the freezer. Make sure that the safety pins are in place before starting to 
clean under the hood. When themachine has been cleaned remember to close all hatches and 
mount all covers before lowering the hood. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Figure 37 Evaporator and Plenum Box Cleaning 
 
Using highly pressurized water jet will damage the evaporator fins! Avoid using 
strong water jets when cleaning your evaporator unit. 
 
Evaporator Coil 
DO NOT use 
high pressure 
washers 
 
58 
 
11.8 Sanitizing 
1. All surfaces in contact with the product should be sanitized every day of operation. 
2. Make sure the surface is as dry as possible before sanitizing, because water remaining from 
the washing process as it will dilute the sanitizing agent. 
3. Spray the sanitizer on surfaces and leave to work according to manufacturer’s instructions. 
Make sure you spray into all corners and hard-to-reach areas. 
4. For the daily sanitization, use sanitizing agents containing, for example, quaternary 
ammonium compounds. Once a week, sanitize with chlorine (≤ 100 ppm) or a comparable 
sanitizing agent 
5. After sanitizing, rinse the Freezer thoroughly with clean water to eliminate contact between 
sanitizer and raw material or products in the next production round. This also helps prevent 
corrosion of the stainless steel by aggressive sanitizers and prevents the forming of an 
undesirable chemical film 
 
 
 
 
Final Inspection 
After cleaning, quality control personnel should evaluate the result of the cleaning process: 
• Make sure the places where visual control is difficult are clean (control by touch). 
• Regularly measure cleaning results by counting the microorganisms, for example using 
RODAC cups or ATP measurements. 
• After cleaning and sanitizing, make sure that all surfaces are dry. 
 
 
A Sanitizer agent with high chlorine content can damage can have a negative 
effect to stainless steel and cause rust to develop on steel. 
 
Chlorine corrodes the stainless steel and disintegrates PVC and PUR belts, 
especially at higher temperatures. Chlorine is, however, an effective 
sanitizer, so occasional use of chlorine may be necessary to control the 
growth of microorganisms 
 
59 
 
12. Troubleshooting 
12.1 Troubleshooting Procedures 
This is the troubleshooting guide for your Ultraflow Max Freezer. 
 
 
 
 
 
Condition Description/Cause Action 
Belt jumps/jams 
This can be caused by icing on 
the belt sprockets or 
misalignment of belt. 
Check the sprockets and 
defrost if necessary. 
Misaligned sprocket 
Sprocket can be misaligned 
when there is concentrated 
wear on the belt components. 
Note that the belt end links 
must always be in contact 
with the sprockets. 
Check and re-position the 
sprocket to its proper 
alignment. 
Product jam at 
inlet 
This can be caused by 
overloading at Infeed, or 
products jamming at the belt. 
This also happens when 
products are higher/taller than 
the maximum product height 
allowed. 
Stop the belt and physically 
remove jammed products 
from the conveyor. In case of 
overload, unload some 
products to ensure smoother 
run. 
Product jam at 
outlet 
Products get stuck at the 
outlet area of the freezer 
when scraper is not at proper 
position or angle. 
Set scraper tension, position, 
and angle according to 
product requirements. 
Excessive 
noise/vibrations 
This can be caused by ice 
buildup on fan blades and/or 
housings, or if doors are not 
properly closed. 
Check that all air 
guides/chutes and doors are 
locked in place. Defrost if 
necessary. 
NOTE 
While some problems are simple and can easily be solved (e.g. 
product jams, overloading), more complicated issues are best 
solved by qualified technicians. Check your contract for details 
of your service agreement. 
 
60 
 
 
 
Longer freezing 
time 
This may be caused by several 
factors: 
• Ice buildup on fan blades 
or housing. 
• Doors not properly closed 
• Ice crust buildup on belt 
surface 
Do any of the following: 
• Defrost 
• Check that all air guides/ 
chutes and doors are 
locked in place 
• Clean residue scraper 
and adjust for best 
scraping performance. 
Products at outlet 
differ from original 
loading pattern 
This may be caused by 
the following factors: 
• Scraper not at proper 
position or angle 
• Air flow is too strong 
(esp. for cylindrical 
products) 
• Silicone curtains (at 
inlet) too long. 
Do any of the following: 
• Set scraper tension, 
position, and angle 
according to product 
requirements. 
• Reduce fan speed 
gradually until 
products remain stable 
in position 
• Modify curtain to 
appropriate length. 
 
 
 
 
61 
 
13. Spare Parts 
See attached spare parts list 
 
Ordering Spare Parts 
To ensure expedient supply of spare parts, please specify the following when placing an order. 
• Order No. (See Order Confirmation of your machine) 
• Item No. (See Order Confirmation of your machine) 
• Name and type of spare part 
• Quantity of requested spare parts 
• Delivery address 
• Invoice address 
• Your phone no./fax no./email address 
• Contact person 
 
Send your orders to: 
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS A/S 
SPEDITØRVEJ 1, BUILDING 39 
9000 AALBORG, DENMARK , CVR 38330284 
Tel: +45 99 733700 Fax +45 98232249 
 
General Inquires: info@dantechfreezing.com 
Spares & Service: spares@dantechfreezing.com 
Web Site: http://www.dantechfreezing.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 
Before contacting our services personnel or placing an order for 
spare parts, please note your machine’s serial number on the 
name plate located outside the freezer unit. 
mailto:info@dantechfreezing.com
http://www.dantechfreezing.com/
 
62 
 
13.1 Spare Parts Drawings 
Mechanical Spare Parts 
 
 
 
 
 
Ultraflow Max – Single Belt 
 
63 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inlet Conveyor & Belt Wash 
Outlet Conveyor 
 
64 
 
 
 
 
Top & Bottom Coanda Unit 
 
65 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cooling Fan Unit 
 
66 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Belts & Others 
 
67 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wear Strips 
 
68 
 
13.2 Mechanical Spare 
Parts List 
Description: 
Ultraflow Max 
Freezer Single 
Belt 
 
Model: 800-SB-100-15M 
 
ID no: 20-1225-102 
 
Power: 123 KW 
 
Year: 2021 
 
 
 
 
No. QTY Unit ID Description FCM* 
1.1 1 pcs PI094129 Conveyor Motor A - Inlet 
1.2 4 pcs DN180012 Drive Sprocket × 
1.3 4 pcs PH010221 Conveyor Link Sprocket 
1.4 6 pcs DN670006 Nylon Roller × 
1.5 1 pcs PA000219 Bearing Open 
1.6 1 pcs PA000220 Bearing Close 
1.7 6 pcs 20-1225-102-20-04-136 Nylon Wire Strip (662mm) × 
1.8 6 pcs 20-1225-102-20-04-137 
Nylon Wire Strip 
(227.5mm) × 
1.9 2 pcs PA000226 Bearing Close 
1.10 2 pcs PA000225 Bearing Open 
1.11 2 pcs PA070012 Brushes × 
1.12 1 pc PI080076 Chain Tension for belt wash 
1.13 4 pcs PA000218 Bearing 
1.14 2 meters PI080073 Chain for belt wash 
1.15 1 pcs PI094131 Motor for belt wash Brush 
1.16 16 pcs PJ080074 Belt wash Nozzle 
 
69 
 
1.17 1 pc PA030417 Air Blower 
1.20 1 pcs PI094130 Conveyor Motor B - Outlet 
1.21 1 pcs PA000219 Bearing Open 
1.22 1 pcs PA000220 Bearing Close 
1.23 2 pcs DN110008 Nylon Slider Scraper 
1.24 2 pcs PA130033 Spring Scraper 
1.25 6 pcs 20-1225-102-20-04-117 Nylon Wire Strip (160mm) × 
2.10 60 pcs DN270032 Top Coanda Plate A 
2.2 30 pcs 20030108 Nylon Side guide 
2.3 60 pcs DN670007 Nylon Roller f. Coanda Lifting System 
2.4 60 pcs DN670008 Handgrip Bottom Air Channel 
2.5 30 pcs DN270031 Coanda Plates Bottom 
3.1 15 pcs PA030334 Cooling Fan Impeller 
3.2 15 pcs PA030416 Fan Motor 
4.1 43 meters PI040062 Conveyor Belt × 
4.2 6 pcs 20-1225-102-20-09-133 Silicone Curtain × 
4.3 60 pcs DN670005 Handgrip Swing Doors 
4.4 60 pcs DN670008 Nylon Lock 
4.5 64 pcs PA090027 Handgrip 
4.6 12 pcs PA000006 Bearing Close 
4.7 N.A pcs N.A Return Sprocket × 
4.8 16 pcs 20-1225-102-20-10-708 Idler Roller × 
4.9 3 pcs PJ180210 Water Solenoid valve (Water Defrost) 
4.10 3 pcs PJ180198 Pneumatic Control valve (Water Defrost) 
4.11 30 pcs PJ080076 Spray Nozzle (WaterDefrost) 
5.1 59 pcs PA010015 STD-PA01-Wear Strips PEHD1000 Natur-101 × 
 
70 
 
5.2 29 pcs PA010008 
STD-PA01-Wear Strips 
PEHD1000 Natur-106 
(L=1385mm) 
× 
 
 
NOTE: The QTY filled with N.A mean not applicable for this equipment. 
* FCM - Food Contact Materials 
 
 
 
 
71 
 
13.3 Electrical Spare Parts 
List 
Description: 
Ultraflow Max 
Freezer Single 
Belt 
 
Model: 800-SB-100-15M 
 
ID no: 20-1225-102 
 
Power: 123 KW 
 
Year: 2021 
 
 
 
 
No. QTY Unit ID Description FCM* 
1 12 pc PC300053 Safety controller 
2 1 pc PC300059 Safety controller 
3 2 pc PC290013 PLC PSU 
4 1 pc PC280119 PLC CPU 
5 1 pc PC170002 PLC IO control unit 
6 1 pc PC170003 PLC IO control unit 
7 3 pc PC180001 PLC DI 
8 4 pc PC260002 PLC DO 
9 2 pc PC180002 PLC RTD input 
10 2 pc PC260003 PLC AO 
11 4 pc PC310220 Safety sensor 
12 4 pc PC310206 Safety sensor 
13 6 pc PC310221 Temperature sensor 
14 2 pc PC280162 DC circuit breaker 
15 4 pc PC280163 DC circuit breaker 
16 33 pc PC100098 Relay 
 
72 
 
17 1 pc PC000036 Signal lighting 
18 2 pc PC290023 PSU 
19 4 pc PC190093 Inverter 18.5kW 
20 1 pc PC190092 Inverter 11kW 
21 1 pc PC190094 Inverter 2.2kW 
22 1 pc PC190048 Inverter 0.75kW 
23 1 pc PC390036 HMI 
NOTE: The QTY filled with N.A mean not applicable for this equipment. 
* FCM - Food Contact Materials 
 
 
14. Electrical Diagrams 
See the attached electrical diagrams. 
 
Page
Total page
+
Title page / cover sheet
10 76 8 93
&Index/1
4
1
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
18/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Cover_Page
/1
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Number of pages
18/11/2020
Edit date
20-1225
Created on
Marfrig (Várzea Grande - 800 SB)
Dantech Job Number
125
Dantech
gs.hong
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
5/1/2021 by (short name)
SPEDITØRVEJ 1 Building 39,
9000 AALBORG, DENMARK 
CVR 38330284
Phone: +45 99 733700 Fax: +45 98 232249
Customer 3x380VAC+N_PE
60 Hz
125kW 236A
6x240 mmsq + N + E
General
Voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Power supply cable
Main Circuit ( Phase )
Internal Wire Specification
Main Circuit ( Neutral )
Control Circuit ( Vac - Phase )
Control Circuit ( Vac - Neutral )
Control Circuit ( +Vdc )
Control Circuit ( 0Vdc )
Interlock Circuit, External Source Voltage
Earthing
Black
Light Blue
Red
Light blue
Dark Blue
Dark Blue
Orange
Yellow / Green
Remarks
Page
Total page
&Cover_Page/1
+
Table of contents : &Cover_Page/1 - +Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/115
10 76 8 93
1.a
4
1
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Index
/2
Edited by
Column X: An automatically generated page was editedTable of contents
DatePage description
F06_001 - Dantech
XPage
&Cover_Page/1 ce.user218/11/2020
&Index/1 gs.hong5/1/2021
&Index/1.a gs.hong5/1/2021
&Index/1.b gs.hong5/1/2021
&Index/1.c gs.hong5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/1 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/2 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/5 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/6 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/7 gs.hong5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/8 gs.hong5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/15 ce.user224/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/20 ce.user224/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/21 ce.user224/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/22 ce.user224/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/23 ce.user224/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/24 ce.user224/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/25 gs.hong4/1/2021
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/26 ce.user224/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/27 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/40 gs.hong5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/45 gs.hong5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/46 gs.hong5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/47 gs.hong5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/65 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/70 ce.user220/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/75 ce.user221/12/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/80 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/85 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/110 gs.hong5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/111 gs.hong5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/112 gs.hong5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/115 gs.hong5/1/2021
Title page / cover sheet
Table of contents : &Cover_Page/1 - +Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/115
Table of contents : +Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/120 - +Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/10
Table of contents : +Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/11 - +Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/43
Table of contents : +Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/44 - +Lighting Panel&Cable_Overview/1
Main supply
Main supply distribution
24VDC voltage supply
24VDC voltage supply
24VDC voltage supply
24VDC voltage supply
DOL-Air blower
Inverter-Cooling fan 1-2
Inverter-Cooling fan 3-4
Inverter-Cooling fan 5-6
Inverter-Cooling fan 7-8
Inverter-Cooling fan 9-10
Inverter-Cooling fan 11-12
Inverter-Cooling fan 13-14
Inverter-Cooling fan 15
Inverter-Infeed
Inverter-Main conveyor (Outlet)
Inverter-return conveyor (Intlet)
Inverter-Brush motor
Room lighting supply
Panel Exhaust Fan
Panel lighting
Door heater
Wall heater section 1
Defrost valve
Main Defrost valve
Belt wash valve
Misc valve
Page
Total page
1
+
Table of contents : +Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/120 - +Main
Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/10
10 76 8 93
1.b
4
1.a
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Index
/3
Edited by
Column X: An automatically generated page was editedTable of contents
DatePage description
F06_001 - Dantech
XPage
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/120 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/130 ce.user228/12/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/140 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/145 ce.user220/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/150 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/151 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/155 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/156 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/200 ce.user228/12/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/210 ce.user27/12/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/220 ce.user224/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/221 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/222 ce.user224/11/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/223 gs.hong5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/230 gs.hong4/1/2021
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/231 gs.hong4/1/2021
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/232 gs.hong5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/240 gs.hong29/12/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/241 gs.hong29/12/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/242 ce.user228/12/2020
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/250 gs.hong4/1/2021
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/251 gs.hong5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/252 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/1 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/2 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/3 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/4 ce.user224/11/2020
+MainPanel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/5 ce.user224/11/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/6 ce.user224/11/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/7 gs.hong5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/8 gs.hong5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/9 gs.hong5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/10 ce.user223/11/2020
Interface dry contact
Tower light
Main safety circuits
Safety cut off
Emergency stop
Emergency stop
Door sensor
Door sensor
PLC layout
Network device
PLC Digital Input 1
PLC Digital Input 2
PLC Digital Input 3
PLC Digital Input 4
PLC Digital Output 1
PLC Digital Output 2
PLC Digital Output 3
PLC Temperature Input 1
PLC Temperature Input 2
PLC Temperature Input 3
PLC Analogue Output 1
PLC Analogue Output 2
PLC Analogue Output 3
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-220X1
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-220X1
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-221X1
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-222X1
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-222X1
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-223X1
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-230X1
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-231X1
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-232X1
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-*Door heater1 JB-80X1
Page
Total page
1.a
+
Table of contents : +Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/11 - +Main
Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/43
10 76 8 93
1.c
4
1.b
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Index
/4
Edited by
Column X: An automatically generated page was editedTable of contents
DatePage description
F06_001 - Dantech
XPage
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/11 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/12 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/13 ce.user223/11/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/14 ce.user215/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/15 ce.user228/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/16 ce.user215/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/17 ce.user215/12/2020
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-*Door heater2 JB-80X1
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-*Door heater3 JB-80X1
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-*Door heater4 JB-80X1
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-*Temperature JB1-240X1
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-*Temperature JB2-241X1
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-*Wall heater section1 JB-85X1
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-20F2-
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/18 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-20F3- 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/19 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-21F2- 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/20 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-21F3- 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/21 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-22F2- 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/22 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-22F3- 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/23 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-23F2- 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/24 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-23F3- 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/25 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-24F2- 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/26 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-24F3- 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/27 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-25F2- 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/28 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-25F3- 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/29 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-26F2- 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/30 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-26F3- 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/31 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-8X1 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/32 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-8X2 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/33 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-15X1 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/34 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-27X1 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/35 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-40X1 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/36 gs.hongTerminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-45X1 5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/37 gs.hongTerminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-46X1 5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/38 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-47X1 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/39 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-65X1 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/40 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-80X1 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/41 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-85X1 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/42 gs.hongTerminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-110X1 5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/43 gs.hongTerminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-111X1 5/1/2021
Page
Total page
1.b
+
Table of contents : +Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/44 - +Lighting
Panel&Cable_Overview/1
10 76 8 93
+Main Panel&Electrical_Schematic/1
4
1.c
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Index
/5
Edited by
Column X: An automatically generated page was editedTable of contents
DatePage description
F06_001 - Dantech
XPage
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/44 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-115X1 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/45 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-120X1 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/46 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-130X1 28/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/47 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-150X1 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/48 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-151X1 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/49 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-155X1 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/50 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-210X1 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/51 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-223X1 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/52 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-240X1 15/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/53 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-241X1 28/12/2020
+Main Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/54 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-242X1 28/12/2020
+Main Panel&Summarized part list/1 ce.user2Summarized parts list : PILZ.751 104 - SE.LV432877 28/12/2020
+Main Panel&Summarized part list/1.a gs.hongSummarized parts list : ABB.S403M-C32 - RIT.2500460 5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Summarized part list/1.b ce.user2Summarized parts list : ETN.M22-PV/KC02/IY - 131B0050 28/12/2020
+Main Panel&Cable_Overview/1 ce.user2Cable overview : +Main Panel-8W1 - +Main Panel-27W1 20/11/2020
+Main Panel&Cable_Overview/1.a gs.hongCable overview : +Main Panel-27W2 - +Main Panel-151W2 5/1/2021
+Main Panel&Cable_Overview/1.b gs.hongCable overview : +MainPanel-155W1 - +Main Panel-241W3 5/1/2021
+HMI Panel&Electrical_Schematic/1 ce.user2Main supply 20/11/2020
+HMI Panel&Electrical_Schematic/205 ce.user2HMI 20/11/2020
+HMI Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/1 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +HMI Panel-1X1 20/11/2020
+HMI Panel&Summarized part list/1 ce.user2Summarized parts list : PFXGP4501TAD - ETN.M22-PV-K02 20/11/2020
+Lighting Panel&Electrical_Schematic/1 ce.user2Lighting circuit 15/12/2020
+Lighting Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/1 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Lighting Panel-1X1 20/11/2020
+Lighting Panel&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/2 ce.user2Terminal-connection diagram +Lighting Panel-1X2 15/12/2020
+Lighting Panel&Summarized part list/1 ce.user2Summarized parts list : ETN.PLS6-C10/2 - IFM.E84016 18/11/2020
+Lighting Panel&Cable_Overview/1 ce.user2Cable overview : +Lighting Panel-1W1 - +Lighting Panel-1W4 18/11/2020
Page
Total page
+&Index/1.c
+Main Panel
Main supply
10 76 8 93
2
4
1
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/6
L1
3x380VAC+N_PE
L2 L3N PE
From customer
60 Hz
PE
BLUE
35
mm²
N
BLACK
30X10
mm²
L1
BLACK
30X10
mm²
L2
BLACK
30X10
mm²
L3
N1
N2
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
-1F1
NSX630F - 4P - 250...630A - 36kA I> I> I> I>
L1 / 2.0
L2 / 2.0
L3 / 2.0
N / 2.0
Page
Total page
1
+Main Panel
Main supply distribution
10 76 8 93
5
4
2
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/7
To DOL
BLACK
10 mm²
2F1.2
BLACK
10 mm²
2F1.4
BLACK
10 mm²
2F1.6
BLACK
10 mm²
145Q1.2
BLACK
10 mm²
145Q1.4
BLACK
10 mm²
145Q1.6
1
2
3
4
5
6
-2F1
S403M-C32
32A, 230/400V AC
1/L1
2/T1
-145Q2
/145.2
Safety cut off
contactor 1-2
3/L2
4/T2
5/L3
6/T3
1/L1
2/T1
-145Q1
/145.1
Safety cut off
contactor 1-1
3/L2
4/T2
5/L3
6/T3
BLACK
10 mm²
BLACK
10 mm²
BLACK
10 mm²
BLUE;BLUE
35;35
mm²;mm²
L1 / 5.0
L11
/15.0
L21
/15.0
L31
/15.0
L2 / 5.0
L3 / 5.0
L1/1.9
L2/1.9
L3/1.9
N1
/80.0
N/1.9 N / 5.0
Page
Total page
2
+Main Panel
24VDC voltage supply
10 76 8 93
6
4
5
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/8
Alarm 90%
CTRL
+
24
V 0V
13 14 24 ON
Power
Alarm
23
Logic
internal system connection
bridging
contact
90%
Alarm
CTRL
ON
+24V
GND/0V
-5FH1
IN: 24 V DC / 40A
9000-41190-0000000
9000-41190-0000000
24...28 V DC
100...120 V AC
200...240 V AC
pri.
sec.
-5TB1
24VDC/40A
E84016
PSU-1AC/24VDC-40A
L N PE
+ + --
PE
PE
1
2
3/N
4/N
-5F1
S401M-C6NP
6A, 230V AC
5F
1.
2
5F
1.
4
10 mm²
5FH1.+24V
10 mm²
5FH1.0V
Bus_CTRL / 6.0
Bus_Alarm / 6.0
Bus_90% / 6.0
Bus_+24 / 6.0
Bus_GND / 6.0
Bus_On / 6.0
L1/2.9
L2/2.9
L3/2.9
N/2.9
L1 / 20.0
L2 / 20.0
L3 / 20.0
N / 65.0
Page
Total page
5
+Main Panel
24VDC voltage supply
10 76 8 93
7
4
6
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/9
I
IN: 24 V DC
OUT: 24 V DC / 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10A
-6FH1
9000-41094-0101000
9000-41094-0101000
OUT1
90%
Alarm
CTRL
0V1
5
ON
1
CT
RL
1
Al
ar
m
1
90
%
1
OUT2 0V2 ON
2
CT
RL
2
Al
ar
m
2
90
%
2
OUT3 0V3 ON
3
CT
RL
3
Al
ar
m
3
90
%
3
OUT4 0V4 ON
4
ON/OFF
1
2
3
.4
CT
RL
4
6
7
8
9
10
4 
A
I
ON/OFF
1
2
3
.45678
9
10
4 
A
Al
ar
m
4
90
%
4
8
9
10
4 
A
I
ON/OFF
1
2
3
.4567 8
9
10
4 
A
I
ON/OFF
1
2
3
.4567
Logic
internal system connection
bridging
contact
+24V
GND/0V
ON
Safety cut off PLC DO cut off Spare Safety controllerInverter STO
13
14
-140A3
/140.8
Main cut off
23
24
33
34
14
0A
3.
33
Bus_On/5.8
Bus_CTRL/5.8
Bus_Alarm/5.8
Bus_90%/5.8
Bus_+24/5.8
Bus_GND/5.8
Bus_CTRL / 7.0
Bus_Alarm / 7.0
Bus_90% / 7.0
Bus_+24 / 7.0
Bus_GND / 7.0
Bus_On / 7.0
6F1
/145.0
6F1_0V
/145.0
6F2E
/230.0
6F2E_0V
/230.0
6F3
/
6F3_0V
/
6F4
/140.0
6F4_0V
/140.0
ES1
/20.3
ES2
/20.3
Page
Total page
6
+Main Panel
24VDC voltage supply
10 76 8 93
8
4
7
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/10
I
IN: 24 V DC
OUT: 24 V DC / 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10A
-7FH1
9000-41094-0101000
9000-41094-0101000
OUT1
90%
Alarm
CTRL
0V1
5
ON
1
CT
RL
1
Al
ar
m
1
90
%
1
OUT2 0V2 ON
2
CT
RL
2
Al
ar
m
2
90
%
2
OUT3 0V3 ON
3
CT
RL
3
Al
ar
m
3
90
%
3
OUT4 0V4 ON
4
ON/OFF
1
2
3
.4
CT
RL
4
6
7
8
9
10
4 
A
I
ON/OFF
1
2
3
.45678
9
10
4 
A
Al
ar
m
4
90
%
4
8
9
10
4 
A
I
ON/OFF
1
2
3
.4567 8
9
10
4 
A
I
ON/OFF
1
2
3
.4567
Logic
internal system connection
bridging
contact
+24V
GND/0V
ON
PLC and network devices DI, DO AI, AO Spare
Bus_On/6.9
Bus_CTRL/6.9
Bus_Alarm/6.9
Bus_90%/6.9
Bus_+24/6.9
Bus_GND/6.9
7F1
/200.0
7F1_0V
/200.0
7F2
/130.0
7F2_0V
/223.0
7F3
/250.0
7F3_0V
/250.0
7F4
/
7F4_0V
/
Bus_CTRL / 8.0
Bus_Alarm / 8.0
Bus_90% / 8.0
Bus_+24 / 8.0
Bus_GND / 8.0
Bus_On / 8.0
Page
Total page
7
+Main Panel
24VDC voltage supply
10 76 8 93
15
4
8
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/11
I
IN: 24 V DC
OUT: 24 V DC / 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10A
-8FH1
9000-41094-0101000
9000-41094-0101000
OUT1
90%
Alarm
CTRL
0V1
5
ON
1
CT
RL
1
Al
ar
m
1
90
%
1
OUT2 0V2 ON
2
CT
RL
2
Al
ar
m
2
90
%
2
OUT3 0V3 ON
3
CT
RL
3
Al
ar
m
3
90
%
3
OUT4 0V4 ON
4
ON/OFF
1
2
3
.4
CT
RL
4
6
7
8
9
10
4 
A
I
ON/OFF
1
2
3
.45678
9
10
4 
A
Al
ar
m
4
90
%
4
8
9
10
4 
A
I
ON/OFF
1
2
3
.4567 8
9
10
4 
A
I
ON/OFF
1
2
3
.4567
Logic
internal system connection
bridging
contact
+24V
GND/0V
ON
Valve Fan interlock SpareRemote HMI
power supply
-8X1 1 2
PE
PE
-8W1
7G1,5
GNYE1 2
DBU
1.5mm²
8X1.1
DBU
1.5mm²
8X1.2
-8X2 1
-8X2 2
13
14
-8C1
Fan Interlock
DBU
1.5mm²
8X2.1
Bus_On/7.9
Bus_CTRL/7.9
Bus_Alarm/7.9
Bus_90%/7.9
Bus_+24/7.9
Bus_GND/7.9
8F1
/110.0
8F1_0V
/110.0
8F3
/231.0
8F3_0V
/
8F4
/
8F4_0V
/
Bus_CTRL /
Bus_Alarm /
Bus_90% /
Bus_+24 /
Bus_GND /
Bus_On /
RH+
/+
HM
I Panel/1.1
RH-
/+
HM
I Panel/1.1
RH_PE
/+
HM
I Panel/1.1
Page
Total page
8
+Main Panel
DOL-Air blower
10 76 8 93
20
4
15
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
24/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/12
1/L1
2/T1
-230Q6
/230.3
Air blower
3/L2
4/T2
5/L3
6/T3
-15X1 1 2 3
PE
PE
BLACK
2.5mm²
15X1.3
BLACK
2.5mm²
15X1.2
BLACK
2.5mm²
15X1.1
U1 V1 W1 PE
-15M1
1.5kW/3.85A
Air blower
3
M
4G2.5
-15W1
1 2 3 GNYE
BLACK
2.5mm²
15F2.T1
BLACK
2.5mm²
15F2.T2BLACK
2.5mm²
15F2.T3
1
2
3
4
5
6
-15F1
S403M-C16NP
16A, 230/400V AC
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
-15F2
690V
Air blower
SE.GV2ME08 I>I> I>
13
14
/2
23
.9
21
22
BLACK
2.5mm²
15F1.2
BLACK
2.5mm²
15F1.4
BLACK
2.5mm²
15F1.6
L11/2.1
L21/2.1
L31/2.1
L11 / 80.0
L21 / 80.0
L31 / 80.0
Page
Total page
15
+Main Panel
Inverter-Cooling fan 1-2
10 76 8 93
21
4
20
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
24/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/13
Output
AutomationDrive FC 280
Input
VLT
®
L1
91
L2
92
L3
93
96
U
97
V
98
W
-20U1
18.5 kW / 25 HP, IP20, 3x 380/480 VAC
Cooling fan 1-2
FC-280P18KT4E20H1BXCXXXSXXXXAX
03 01
02
/220.2
PE
95
PE
99 37
2718
PORT1
PORT2
12 555313 29
38
PE
-20F2- T1 T2 T3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-20M1
7.5kW/14.5A
Cooling fan 1
3
M
PE
4G4
-20W3
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G10
-20W1 SHGNYE1 2 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
-20F1
40A
SE.EZC100 F 10kA 3P/3T 40A
PE
BLACK
10 mm²
20F1.2
BLACK
10 mm²
20F1.4
BLACK
10 mm²
20F1.6
4G4
-20W2 SHGNYE1 2 3
-20F3- T1 T2 T3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-20M2
7.5kW/14.5A
Cooling fan 2
3
M
PE
4G4
-20W5
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G4
-20W4 SH1 2 3
12
11
14
-231K0
/231.0
Cooling fan 1-4
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
-20F2
690V
Cooling fan 1
SE.GV2ME20 I>I> I>
13
14
/2
22
.0
21
22
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
-20F3
690V
Cooling fan 2
SE.GV2ME20 I>I> I>
13
14
/2
22
.1
21
22
20
U1
.1
8
20U1.13
20U1.97
20U1.96
20U1.98
L1 / 21.0
L2 / 21.0
L3 / 21.0
L1/5.9
L2/5.9
L3/5.9
20
U1
.5
3
/
25
1.
1
20
U1
.5
5
/
25
1.
1
ES2/6.0 ES2 / 21.3
ES1/6.0 ES1 / 21.3
Page
Total page
20
+Main Panel
Inverter-Cooling fan 3-4
10 76 8 93
22
4
21
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
24/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/14
Output
AutomationDrive FC 280
Input
VLT
®
L1
91
L2
92
L3
93
96
U
97
V
98
W
-21U2
18.5 kW / 25 HP, IP20, 3x 380/480 VAC
Cooling fan 3-4
FC-280P18KT4E20H1BXCXXXSXXXXAX
03 01
02
/220.2
PE
95
PE
99 37
2718
PORT1
PORT2
12 555313 29
38
PE
-21F2- 1 2 3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-21M1
7.5kW/14.5A
Cooling fan 3
3
M
PE
4G4
-21W3
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G10
-21W1 SHGNYE1 2 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
-21F1
40A
SE.EZC100 F 10kA 3P/3T 40A
PE
BLACK
10 mm²
21F1.2
BLACK
10 mm²
21F1.4
BLACK
10 mm²
21F1.6
4G4
-21W2 SHGNYE1 2 3
-21F3- 1 2 3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-21M2
7.5kW/14.5A
Cooling fan 4
3
M
PE
4G4
-21W5
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G4
-21W4 SH1 2 3
22
21
24
-231K0
/231.0
Cooling fan 1-4
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
-21F2
690V
Cooling fan 3
SE.GV2ME20 I>I> I>
13
14
/2
22
.1
21
22
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
-21F3
690V
Cooling fan 4
SE.GV2ME20 I>I> I>
13
14
/2
22
.2
21
22
21
U1
.1
8
21U1.13
21U1.97
21U1.96
21U1.98
L1 / 22.0
L2 / 22.0
L3 / 22.0
L1/20.9
L2/20.9
L3/20.9
21
U1
.5
3
/
25
1.
2
21
U1
.5
5
/
25
1.
2
ES2/20.4 ES2 / 22.3
ES1/20.4 ES1 / 22.3
Page
Total page
21
+Main Panel
Inverter-Cooling fan 5-6
10 76 8 93
23
4
22
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
24/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/15
Output
AutomationDrive FC 280
Input
VLT
®
L1
91
L2
92
L3
93
96
U
97
V
98
W
-22U1
18.5 kW / 25 HP, IP20, 3x 380/480 VAC
Cooling fan 5-6
FC-280P18KT4E20H1BXCXXXSXXXXAX
03 01
02
/220.3
PE
95
PE
99 37
2718
PORT1
PORT2
12 555313 29
38
PE
-22F2- 1 2 3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-22M1
7.5kW/14.5A
Cooling fan 5
3
M
PE
4G4
-22W3
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G10
-22W1 SHGNYE1 2 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
-22F1
40A
SE.EZC100 F 10kA 3P/3T 40A
PE
BLACK
10 mm²
22F1.2
BLACK
10 mm²
22F1.4
BLACK
10 mm²
22F1.6
4G4
-22W2 SHGNYE1 2 3
-22F3- 1 2 3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-22M2
7.5kW/14.5A
Cooling fan 6
3
M
PE
4G4
-22W5
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G4
-22W4 SH1 2 3
12
11
14
-231K1
/231.1
Cooling fan 5-8
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
-22F2
690V
Cooling fan 5
SE.GV2ME20 I>I> I>
13
14
/2
22
.2
21
22
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
-22F3
690V
Cooling fan 6
SE.GV2ME20 I>I> I>
13
14
/2
22
.3
21
22
22
U1
.1
8
22U1.13
22U1.97
22U1.96
22U1.98
L1 / 23.0
L2 / 23.0
L3 / 23.0
L1/21.9
L2/21.9
L3/21.9
22
U1
.5
3
/
25
1.
2
22
U1
.5
5
/
25
1.
3
ES2/21.4 ES2 / 23.3
ES1/21.4 ES1 / 23.3
Page
Total page
22
+Main Panel
Inverter-Cooling fan 7-8
10 76 8 93
24
4
23
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
24/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/16
Output
AutomationDrive FC 280
Input
VLT
®
L1
91
L2
92
L3
93
96
U
97
V
98
W
-23U1
18.5 kW / 25 HP, IP20, 3x 380/480 VAC
Cooling fan 7-8
FC-280P18KT4E20H1BXCXXXSXXXXAX
03 01
02
/220.3
PE
95
PE
99 37
2718
PORT1
PORT2
12 555313 29
38
PE
-23F2- 1 2 3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-23M1
7.5kW/14.5A
Cooling fan 7
3
M
PE
4G4
-23W3
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G10
-23W1 SHGNYE1 2 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
-23F1
40A
SE.EZC100 F 10kA 3P/3T 40A
PE
BLACK
10 mm²
23F1.2
BLACK
10 mm²
23F1.4
BLACK
10 mm²
23F1.6
4G4
-23W2 SHGNYE1 2 3
-23F3- 1 2 3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-23M2
7.5kW/14.5A
Cooling fan 8
3
M
PE
4G4
-23W5
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G4
-23W4 SH1 2 3
22
21
24
-231K1
/231.1
Cooling fan 5-8
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
-23F2
690V
Cooling fan 7
SE.GV2ME20 I>I> I>
13
14
/2
22
.3
21
22
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
-23F3
690V
Cooling fan 8
SE.GV2ME20 I>I> I>
13
14
/2
22
.4
21
22
23
U1
.1
8
23U1.13
23U1.97
23U1.96
23U1.98
L1 / 24.0
L2 / 24.0
L3 / 24.0
L1/22.9
L2/22.9
L3/22.9
23
U1
.5
3
/
25
1.
3
23
U1
.5
5
/
25
1.
4
ES2/22.4 ES2 / 24.3
ES1/22.4 ES1 / 24.3
Page
Total page
23
+Main Panel
Inverter-Cooling fan 9-10
10 76 8 93
25
4
24
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
24/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/17
Output
AutomationDrive FC 280
Input
VLT
®
L1
91
L2
92
L3
93
96
U
97
V
98
W
-24U1
18.5 kW / 25 HP, IP20, 3x 380/480 VAC
Cooling fan 9-10
FC-280P18KT4E20H1BXCXXXSXXXXAX
03 01
02
/220.4
PE
95
PE
99 37
2718
PORT1
PORT2
12 555313 29
38
PE
-24F2- 1 2 3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-24M1
7.5kW/14.5A
Cooling fan 9
3
M
PE
4G4
-24W3
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G10
-24W1 SHGNYE1 2 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
-24F1
40A
SE.EZC100 F 10kA 3P/3T 40A
PE
BLACK
10 mm²
24F1.2
BLACK
10 mm²
24F1.4
BLACK
10 mm²
24F1.6
4G4
-24W2 SHGNYE1 2 3
-24F3- 1 2 3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-24M2
7.5kW/14.5A
Cooling fan 10
3
M
PE
4G4
-24W5
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G4
-24W4 SH1 2 3
12
11
14
-231K2
/231.1
Cooling fan 9-10 relay
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
-24F2
690V
Cooling fan 9
SE.GV2ME20 I>I> I>
13
14
/2
22
.5
21
22
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
-24F3
690V
Cooling fan 10
SE.GV2ME20 I>I> I>
13
14
/2
22
.5
21
22
24
U1
.1
8
24U1.13
24U1.97
24U1.96
24U1.98
L1 / 25.0
L2 / 25.0
L3 / 25.0
L1/23.9
L2/23.9
L3/23.9
24
U1
.5
3
/
25
1.
4
24
U1
.5
5
/
25
1.
5
ES2/23.4 ES2 / 25.3
ES1/23.4 ES1 / 25.3
Page
Total page
24
+Main Panel
Inverter-Cooling fan 11-12
10 76 8 93
26
4
25
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hongDate
Appr
4/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/18
Output
AutomationDrive FC 280
Input
VLT
®
L1
91
L2
92
L3
93
96
U
97
V
98
W
-25U1
18.5 kW / 25 HP, IP20, 3x 380/480 VAC
Cooling fan 11-12
FC-280P18KT4E20H1BXCXXXSXXXXAX
03 01
02
/220.5
PE
95
PE
99 37
2718
PORT1
PORT2
12 555313 29
38
PE
-25F2- 1 2 3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-25M1
7.5kW/14.5A
Cooling fan 11
3
M
PE
4G4
-25W3
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G10
-25W1 SHGNYE1 2 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
-25F1
40A
SE.EZC100 F 10kA 3P/3T 40A
PE
BLACK
10 mm²
25F1.2
BLACK
10 mm²
25F1.4
BLACK
10 mm²
25F1.6
4G4
-25W2 SHGNYE1 2 3
-25F3- 1 2 3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-25M2
7.5kW/14.5A
Cooling fan 12
3
M
PE
4G4
-25W5
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G4
-25W4 SH1 2 3
32
31
34
-231K3
/231.2
Cooling fan 11-15
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
-25F2
690V
Cooling fan 11
SE.GV2ME20 I>I> I>
13
14
/2
22
.6
21
22
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
-25F3
690V
Cooling fan 12
SE.GV2ME20 I>I> I>
13
14
/2
22
.6
21
22
25
U1
.1
8
25U1.13
25U1.97
25U1.96
25U1.98
L1 / 26.0
L2 / 26.0
L3 / 26.0
L1/24.9
L2/24.9
L3/24.9
25
U1
.5
3
/
25
1.
5
25
U1
.5
5
/
25
1.
5
ES2/24.4 ES2 / 26.3
ES1/24.4 ES1 / 26.3
Page
Total page
25
+Main Panel
Inverter-Cooling fan 13-14
10 76 8 93
27
4
26
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
24/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/19
Output
AutomationDrive FC 280
Input
VLT
®
L1
91
L2
92
L3
93
96
U
97
V
98
W
-26U1
18.5 kW / 25 HP, IP20, 3x 380/480 VAC
Cooling fan 13-14
FC-280P18KT4E20H1BXCXXXSXXXXAX
03 01
02
/220.5
PE
95
PE
99 37
2718
PORT1
PORT2
12 555313 29
38
PE
-26F2- 1 2 3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-26M1
7.5kW/14.5A
Cooling fan 13
3
M
PE
4G4
-26W3
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G10
-26W1 SHGNYE1 2 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
-26F1
40A
SE.EZC100 F 10kA 3P/3T 40A
PE
BLACK
10 mm²
26F1.2
BLACK
10 mm²
26F1.4
BLACK
10 mm²
26F1.6
4G4
-26W2 SHGNYE1 2 3
-26F3- 1 2 3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-26M2
7.5kW/14.5A
Cooling fan 14
3
M
PE
4G4
-26W5
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G4
-26W4 SH1 2 3
12
11
14
-231K3
/231.2
Cooling fan 11-15
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
-26F2
690V
Cooling fan 13
SE.GV2ME20 I>I> I>
13
14
/2
22
.7
21
22
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
-26F3
690V
Cooling fan 14
SE.GV2ME20 I>I> I>
13
14
/2
22
.7
21
22
26
U1
.1
8
26U1.13
26U1.97
26U1.96
26U1.98
L1 / 27.0
L2 / 27.0
L3 / 27.0
L1/25.9
L2/25.9
L3/25.9
26
U1
.5
3
/
25
1.
6
26
U1
.5
5
/
25
1.
6
ES2/25.4 ES2 / 27.3
ES1/25.4 ES1 / 27.3
Page
Total page
26
+Main Panel
Inverter-Cooling fan 15
10 76 8 93
40
4
27
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/20
Output
AutomationDrive FC 280
Input
VLT
®
L1
91
L2
92
L3
93
96
U
97
V
98
W
-27U1
11 kW / 15 HP, IP20, 3x 380/480 VAC
Cooling fan 15
FC-280P11KT4E20H1BXCXXXSXXXXAX
03 01
02
/220.6
PE
95
PE
99 37
2718
PORT1
PORT2
12 555313 29
38
PE
-27X1 1 2 3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-27M1
7.5kW/14.5A
Cooling fan 15
3
M
PE
4G4
-27W2
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G4
-27W1 SHGNYE1 2 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
-27F1
S403M-C25
25A, 230/400V AC
BLACK
4 mm²
27F1.2
BLACK
4 mm²
27F1.4
BLACK
4 mm²
27F1.6
PE
22
21
24
-231K3
/231.2
Cooling fan 11-15
27
U1
.1
8
27U1.13
L1 / 40.0
L2 / 40.0
L3 / 40.0
L1/26.9
L2/26.9
L3/26.9
27
U1
.5
3
/
25
1.
7
27
U1
.5
5
/
25
1.
7
ES2/26.4 ES2 / 40.3
ES1/26.4 ES1 / 40.3
Page
Total page
27
+Main Panel
Inverter-Infeed
10 76 8 93
45
4
40
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/21
Output
AutomationDrive FC 280
Input
VLT
®
L1
91
L2
92
L3
93
96
U
97
V
98
W
-40U1
0.55 kW / 0.75 HP, IP20, 3x 380/480 VAC
Infeed
FC-280PK55T4E20H1BXCXXXSXXXXAX
03 01
02
/223.7
PE
95
PE
99 37
2718
PORT1
PORT2
12 555313 29
38
PE
-40X1 1 2 3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-40M1
0.55kW/1.4A
Infeed
3
M
PE
4G1,5
-40W2
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G1,5
-40W1 SHGNYE1 2 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
-40F1
S403M-C10
10A, 230/400V AC
BLACK
2.5mm²
40F1.2
BLACK
2.5mm²
40F1.4
BLACK
2.5mm²
40F1.6
12
11
14
-230K1
/230.1
Infeed relay
PE
40U1.13
40
U1
.1
8
L1 / 45.0
L2 / 45.0
L3 / 45.0
L1/27.9
L2/27.9
L3/27.9
40
U1
.5
3
/
25
0.
1
40
U1
.5
5
/
25
0.
1
ES2/27.4 ES2 / 45.3
ES1/27.4 ES1 / 47.3
Page
Total page
40
+Main Panel
Inverter-Main conveyor (Outlet)
10 76 8 93
46
4
45
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/22
Output
AutomationDrive FC 280
Input
VLT
®
L1
91
L2
92
L3
93
96
U
97
V
98
W
-45U1
FC302, 4,0kW / 5,5HP, IP20, 3x 380-500 VAC
Main conveyor
(Inlet)
FC-302P4K0T5E20H1XGXXXXSXXXXALBXCXXXXDX
03 01
02
/220.1
06 04
05
PE
95
PE
99 37
2718
PORT1
PORT2
12 555313
PE
-45X1 1 2 3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-45M1
2.2kW/5.1A
Main conveyor (Outlet)
3
M
PE
4G1,5
-45W2
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G1,5
-45W1 SHGNYE1 2 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
-45F1
S403M-C10
10A, 230/400V AC
BLACK
2.5mm²
45F1.2
BLACK
2.5mm²
45F1.4
BLACK
2.5mm²
45F1.6
12
11
14
-230K2
/230.1
Main conveyor (outlet)
45U1.13
45
U1
.1
8
12
11
14
-230K4
/230.2
Conveyor fault
45
U1
.2
7
20
PE
L1 / 46.0
L2 / 46.0
L3 / 46.0
L1/40.9
L2/40.9
L3/40.9
45
U1
.5
3
/
25
0.
2
45
U1
.5
5
/
25
0.
2
ES2/40.4 ES2 / 46.3
Page
Total page
45
+Main Panel
Inverter-return conveyor (Intlet)
10 76 8 93
47
4
46
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/23
Output
AutomationDrive FC 280
Input
VLT
®
L1
91
L2
92
L3
93
96
U
97
V
98
W
-46U1
FC302, 4,0kW / 5,5HP, IP20, 3x 380-500 VAC
Main conveyor
(Outlet)
FC-302P4K0T5E20H1XGXXXXSXXXXALBXCXXXXDX
03 01
02
/220.1
06 04
05
PE
95
PE
99 37
2718
PORT1
PORT2
12 555313
PE
-46X1 1 2 3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-46M1
2.2kW/5.1A
Return conveyor (Inlet)
3
M
PE
4G1,5
-46W2
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G1,5
-46W1 SHGNYE1 2 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
-46F1
S403M-C10
10A, 230/400V AC
BLACK
2.5mm²
46F1.2
BLACK
2.5mm²
46F1.4
BLACK
2.5mm²
46F1.6
12
11
14
-230K3
/230.2
Return conveyor (Inlet)
46U1.13
46
U1
.1
8
22
21
24
-230K4
/230.2
Conveyor fault
46
U1
.2
7
20
PE
L1 / 47.0
L2 / 47.0
L3 / 47.0
L1/45.9
L2/45.9
L3/45.9
46
U1
.5
3
/
25
0.
2
46
U1
.5
5
/
25
0.
3
ES2/45.4 ES2 / 47.3
Page
Total page
46
+Main Panel
Inverter-Brush motor
10 76 8 93
65
4
47
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/24
Output
AutomationDrive FC 280
Input
VLT
®
L1
91
L2
92
L3
93
96
U
97
V
98
W
-47U1
0.55 kW / 0.75 HP, IP20, 3x 380/480 VAC
Brush motor
FC-280PK55T4E20H1BXCXXXSXXXXAX
03 01
02
/223.8
PE
95
PE
99 37
2718
PORT1
PORT2
12 555313 29
38
PE
-47X1 1 2 3
U1 V1 W1 PE
-47M10.55kW/1.4A
Brush motor
3
M
PE
4G1,5
-47W2
SH1 2 3 GNYE
PE
4G1,5
-47W1 SHGNYE1 2 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
-47F1
S403M-C10
10A, 230/400V AC
BLACK
2.5mm²
47F1.2
BLACK
2.5mm²
47F1.4
BLACK
2.5mm²
47F1.6
12
11
14
-230K5
/230.3
Brush motor
PE
47U1.13
47
U1
.1
8
L1 / 65.0
L2 / 65.0
L3 / 65.0
L1/46.9
L2/46.9
L3/46.9
47
U1
.5
3
/
25
0.
3
47
U1
.5
5
/
25
0.
4
ES2/46.4 ES2 /
ES1/40.4 ES1 /
Page
Total page
47
+Main Panel
Room lighting supply
10 76 8 93
70
4
65
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/25
ROOM LIGHTING
1/L1
2/T1
-231Q13
/231.7
Room light contactor
3/L2
4/T2
1
2
3/N
4/N
-65F1
S401M-C10NP
10A, 230V AC
RED
2.5mm²
65F2.2
BLUE
2.5mm²
65F2.4
-65X1 1 2
PE
PE
-65W1
3G1,5
GNYE1 2
RED
2.5mm²
65X1.1
BLUE
2.5mm²
65X1.2
RED
2.5mm²
65F1.2
BLUE
2.5mm²
65F1.4
1
2
3
4
-65F2
40A, 30mA
SE.A9R71240S
LGT_L
/+
Lighting Panel/1.0
LGT_N
/+
Lighting Panel/1.0
LGT_PE
/+
Lighting Panel/1.0
L1 / 70.0
L2 / 70.0
L3 / 70.0
L1/47.9
L2/47.9
L3/47.9
N / 70.0N/5.9
Page
Total page
65
+Main Panel
Panel Exhaust Fan
10 76 8 93
75
4
70
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
20/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/26
-70ET1
Thermostat
SK.3110000
3110000
5
L (L1)
7
N 
6
N (L2)
3
Heating
4
Cooling
1
N 
2
N 
1~
M
-70EC1
Exhaust fan
SK.3240100
3240100
L1
X1
PEN
1~
M
-70EC2
Exhaust fan
SK.3240100
3240100
L1
X1
PEN
1~
M
1~
M
1~
M
1~
M
1
2
3/N
4/N
-70F1
S401M-C6NP
6A, 230V AC
RED
2.5mm²
70F1.2
BLUE
2.5mm²
70F1.4
70
EC
1.
L1
70EC1.L1
-70EC3
Exhaust fan
SK.3240100
3240100
L1
X1
PEN
-70EC4
Exhaust fan
SK.3240100
3240100
L1
X1
PEN
PE
-70EC5
Exhaust fan
SK.3240100
3240100
L1
X1
PEN
-70EC6
Exhaust fan
SK.3240100
3240100
L1
X1
PEN
1
2
3
4
-70F2
40A, 30mA
SE.A9R71240S
70L / 75.0
70N / 75.0
L1 /
L2 /
L3 /
L1/65.9
L2/65.9
L3/65.9
N /N/65.9
Page
Total page
70
+Main Panel
Panel lighting
10 76 8 93
80
4
75
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
21/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/27
-75EA1
Panel light
SZ.2500210
2500210
L
XI
PEN
L
XO
N PE
1
XSW
2
1
XS
2 PE
-75EA2
Panel light
SZ.2500210
2500210
L
XI
PEN
L
XO
N PE
1
XSW
2
1
XS
2 PE
-75EA3
Panel light
SZ.2500210
2500210
L
XI
PEN
L
XO
N PE
1
XSW
2
1
XS
2 PE
PE
13
14-75S1-2
Door switch
75
EA
1.
2
75
EA
1.
1
PE
13
14-75S2-2
Door switch
75
EA
2.
2
75
EA
2.
1
PE
13
14-75S3-2
Door switch
75
EA
3.
1
75
EA
3.
2
13
14-75S1-1
Door switch
13
14-75S2-1
Door switch
13
14-75S3-1
Door switch
70L/70.9
70N/70.9
70L /
70N /
Page
Total page
75
+Main Panel
Door heater
10 76 8 93
85
4
80
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/28
For future expansion
-80X1 1 2
PE
PE
-80W1
3G2,5
1 2 GNYE
-80X1 1 2 PE
1
2
PE
-80E1
230VAC/180W
Door heater 1
-80W2
3G2,5
1 2 GNYE
*Door heater 1 JB
1 2 PE
-80W3
3G2,5
1 2 GNYE
1
2
PE
-80E2
230VAC/180W
Door heater 2
-80W4
3G2,5
1 2 GNYE
PE
*Door heater 2 JB
-80X1 1 2 PE
1/L1
2/T1
-230Q7
/230.4
Door heater
3/L2
4/T2
1
2
3
4
-80F1
S401M-C16NP
16A, 230V AC
RED
2.5mm²
80F2.2
BLUE
2.5mm²
80F2.4
RED
2.5mm²
80X1.1
BLUE
2.5mm²
80X1.2
RED
2.5mm²
80F1.2
BLUE
2.5mm²
80F1.4
1 2 PE
-80W5
3G2,5
1 2 GNYE
1
2
PE
-80E3
230VAC/180W
Door heater 3
-80W6
3G2,5
1 2 GNYE
*Door heater 3 JB
-80X1 1 2 PE
1 2 PE
-80W7
3G2,5
1 2 GNYE
1
2
PE
-80E4
230VAC/180W
Door heater 4
-80W8
3G2,5
1 2 GNYE
*Door heater 4 JB
-80X1 1 2 PE
PE PE
1 2 1 2
1
2
3
4
-80F2
40A, 30mA
SE.A9R71240S
L11/15.9
L21/15.9
L31/15.9
N1/2.1
L11 / 85.0
L21 / 85.0
L31 / 85.0
N1 / 85.0
Page
Total page
80
+Main Panel
Wall heater section 1
10 76 8 93
110
4
85
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/29
-85X1 1 2
PE
PE
-85W1
3G2,5
1 2 GNYE
-85X1 1 2 PE
1
2
PE
-85E1
230VAC/216W
Wall heater 1-1
-85W2
3G2,5
1 2 GNYE
*Wall heater section 1 JB
1/L1
2/T1
-230Q8
/230.4
Wall heater sec 1
3/L2
4/T2
1
2
3
4
-85F1
S401M-C16NP
16A, 230V AC
RED
2.5mm²
85F2.2
BLUE
2.5mm²
85F2.4
RED
2.5mm²
85X1.1
BLUE
2.5mm²
85X1.2
RED
2.5mm²
85F1.2
BLUE
2.5mm²
85F1.4
1
2
3
4
-85F2
40A, 30mA
SE.A9R71240S
1 2 PE
1
2
PE
-85E2
230VAC/216W
Wall heater 1-2
-85W3
3G2,5
1 2 GNYE
1
2
PE
-85E3
230VAC/216W
Wall heater 1-3
-85W4
3G2,5
1 2 GNYE
1
2
PE
-85E4
230VAC/216W
Wall heater 1-4
-85W5
3G2,5
1 2 GNYE
1
2
PE
-85E5
230VAC/216W
Wall heater 1-5
-85W6
3G2,5
1 2 GNYE
1
2
PE
-85E6
230VAC/216W
Wall heater 1-6
-85W7
3G2,5
1 2 GNYE
1
2
PE
-85E7
230VAC/216W
Wall heater 1-7
-85W8
3G2,5
1 2 GNYE
1
2
PE
-85E8
230VAC/216W
Wall heater 1-8
-85W9
3G2,5
1 2 GNYE
PE1 2 PE1 2 PE1 2 PE1 2 PE1 2 PE1 2
L11/80.9
L21/80.9
L31/80.9
N1/80.9
L11 /
L21 /
L31 /
N1 /
Page
Total page
85
+Main Panel
Defrost valve
10 76 8 93
111
4
110
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/30
-110B1
24VDC/14W
Defrost - Water valve 1
1 2 PE
For future expansion For future expansion
22
21
24
-232K1
/232.1
Defrost water valve 1
-110X1 DW1
11
0X
1.
DW
1
0V PE
PE
3G1.5
-110W1
12
11
14
-232K1
/232.1
Defrost water valve 1
GNYE1 2
-110B2
24VDC/14W
Defrost - Water valve 2
1 2 PE
3G1.5
-110W2
GNYE1 2
22
21
24
-232K2
/232.1
Defrost water valve 2
PE
PE
11
0X
1.
DW
2
0VDW2
12
11
14
-232K2
/232.1
Defrost water valve 2
22
21
24
-232K3
/232.2
Defrost water valve 3
PE
PE
11
0X
1.
DW
3
0VDW3
12
11
14
-232K3
/232.2
Defrost water valve 3
-110B4
24VDC/14W
Defrost - Air valve 1
1 2 PE
22
21
24
-232K4
/232.2
Defrost Air valve 1
DA1
11
0X
1.
DA
1
0V PE
PE
3G1.5
-110W4
GNYE1 2
-110B5
24VDC/14W
Defrost - Air valve 2
1 2 PE
3G1.5
-110W5
GNYE1 2
22
21
24
-232K5
/232.3
Defrost Air valve 2
PE
PE
11
0X
1.
DA
2
0VDA2
12
11
14
-232K5
/232.3
Defrost Air valve 2
22
21
24
-232K6
/232.3
Defrost Air valve 3
PE
PE
11
0X
1.
DA
3
0VDA3
12
11
14
-232K6
/232.3
Defrost Air valve 3
12
11
14
-232K4
/232.2
Defrost Air valve 1
8F1 / 111.0
8F1_0V / 111.0
8F1/8.2
8F1_0V/8.2
Page
Total page
110
+Main Panel
Main Defrost valve
10 76 8 93
112
4
111
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/31
-111B1
24VDC/14W
MAIN WATER VALVE
1 2 PE
22
2124
-232K9
/232.5
Main water valve
-110X1 TOL
11
0X
1.
TO
L
0V PE
PE
3G1.5
-111W1
12
11
14
-232K9
/232.5
Main water valve
GNYE1 2
8F1 / 112.0
8F1_0V / 112.0
8F1/110.9
8F1_0V/110.9
Page
Total page
111
+Main Panel
Belt wash valve
10 76 8 93
115
4
112
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/32
-112B1
24VDC/14W
Belt wash - Water valve 1
1 2 PE
22
21
24
-232K7
/232.4
Belt wash water valve
-111X1 BW1
11
2X
1.
BW
1
0V PE
PE
3G1.5
-112W1
12
11
14
-232K7
/232.4
Belt wash water valve
GNYE1 2
-112B2
24VDC/14W
Belt wash - Air valve 1
1 2 PE
3G1.5
-112W2
GNYE1 2
22
21
24
-232K8
/232.4
Belt wash air valve
PE
PE
11
2X
1.
BA
1
0VBA1
12
11
14
-232K8
/232.4
Belt wash air valve
8F1 / 115.0
8F1_0V / 115.0
8F1/111.9
8F1_0V/111.9
Page
Total page
112
+Main Panel
Misc valve
10 76 8 93
120
4
115
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/33
-115B1
24VDC/16W
Freezing demand valve
1 2 PE
32
31
34
-230K13
/230.7
Freezing relay
-115X1 FD
11
5X
1.
FD
0V PE
PE
3G1.5
-115W1
22
21
24
-230K13
/230.7
Freezing relay
GNYE1 2
8F1 /
8F1_0V /
8F1/112.9
8F1_0V/112.9
Page
Total page
115
+Main Panel
Interface dry contact
10 76 8 93
130
4
120
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/34
-120X1 1
12
11
14
-230K13
/230.7
Freezing relay
12
11
14
-230K14
/230.7
Water Defrost relay
12
11
14
-230K15
/230.8
Machine running
12
11
14
-231K7
/231.4
Cooling fan running
OG
1.5mm²
120X1.1
2
OG
1.5mm²
120X1.2
3 4 5 6 7 8
OG
1.5mm²
120X1.3
OG
1.5mm²
120X1.4
OG
1.5mm²
120X1.5
OG
1.5mm²
120X1.6
OG
1.5mm²
120X1.7
OG
1.5mm²
120X1.8
-120C1
Freezing demand
1 2
-120C2
Water Defrost demand
1 2
-120C3
Machine running
1 2
-120C4
Cooling fan running
1 2
12
11
14
-230K12
/230.6
Hot Gas Defrost relay
9 10
OG
1.5mm²
120X1.9
OG
1.5mm²
120X1.10
1 2
-120C5
Hot Gas Defrost demand
Page
Total page
120
+Main Panel
Tower light
10 76 8 93
140
4
130
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
28/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/35
-130LG1
Tower light 1
Werma_SIGNALTECHNIK 695.300.55
GR
2
YE
3
RD
4
COM
1
BZ
5
2 3 4 5
7G1
-130W1 2 3 4 5
-130X1 1
1
2 3 4 5 2 3 4 51 1
7F2 / 220.0
7F2_0V / 130.0
7F2/7.3
7F2_0V/130.9
To
w
er
 li
gh
t G
N
/2
31
.5
To
w
er
 li
gh
t Y
E
/2
31
.5
To
w
er
 li
gh
t R
D
/2
31
.6
To
w
er
 li
gh
t B
Z
/2
31
.6
Page
Total page
130
+Main Panel
Main safety circuits
10 76 8 93
145
4
140
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/36
Power
In1
In2
Out
Reset
Fault
In2+ In2-
AA
mode
Y32
X2 3
S11
X2 1
S21
X2 2
S22
X1 2
A1
X3 1
S12
X1 1
S34
X1 3
A2
X4 1
-1
40
A2
M
ai
n 
cu
t o
ff
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
1413
2423
3433
4241
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
PILZ.751 104
In1
In2
Out
Fault
-1
40
A3
M
ai
n 
cu
t o
ff
PNOZ S11 C 24VDC
1413 /6.0
2423 /6.0
3433 /6.3
4443 /145.1
6463 /145.2
7473
8483
9493
5251
PNOZ S11 C 24VDC
PILZ.751 111
A2
X2 1
A1
X1 1
Power
In1
In2
Out
Reset
Fault
In2+ In2-
AA
mode
Y32
X2 3
S11
X2 1
S21
X2 2
S22
X1 2
A1
X3 1
S12
X1 1
S34
X1 3
A2
X4 1
-1
40
A1
Es
to
p 
at
 H
M
I
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
1413 /140.4
2423 /140.7
3433
4241
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
PILZ.751 104
13
14
-140A1
/140.1
Estop at HMI
13
14
-150A1
/150.1
Estop at inlet
13
14
-150A2
/150.5
Estop at outlet
13
14
-151A1
/151.1
Estop at side door
13
14
-155A2
/155.3
Door ss 2
23
24
-140A1
/140.1
Estop at HMI
23
24
-150A1
/150.1
Estop at inlet
23
24
-150A2
/150.5
Estop at outlet
23
24
-151A1
/151.1
Estop at side door
23
24
-155A2
/155.3
Door ss 2
13
14
-155A3
/155.6
Door ss 3
23
24
-155A3
/155.6
Door ss 3
13
14
-156A1
/156.0
Door ss 4
23
24
-156A1
/156.0
Door ss 4
12
11
-231K14
/231.7
E-stop reset
14
0A
2.
S1
1
14
0A
1.
13
15
0A
1.
13
15
0A
2.
13
14
0A
2.
S1
2
155A1.13
14
0A
2.
S2
1
14
0A
2.
S2
2
15
5A
3.
13
15
6A
1.
13
14
0A
2.
S3
4
155A1.23
15
5A
3.
23
15
6A
1.
23
14
0A
1.
23
15
0A
1.
23
15
0A
2.
23
14
0A
1.
S1
1
14
0A
1.
S1
2
14
0A
1.
S2
1
14
0A
1.
S2
2
-8X1 3 4 5 6
7G1.5
-8W1
5 63 4
13
14
-155A1
/155.0
Door ss 1
23
24
-155A1
/155.0
Door ss 1
15
1A
1.
13
15
1A
1.
23
6F4/6.6
6F4_0V/6.6
6F4 / 150.0
6F4_0V / 150.0
M
ain Estop
/220.0
E-stop at HM
I
/221.7
HM
I E
S 
CH
1-
1
/+
HM
I P
an
el
/1
.4
HM
I E
S 
CH
1-
2
/+
HM
I P
an
el
/1
.4
HM
I E
S 
CH
2-
1
/+
HM
I P
an
el
/1
.4
HM
I E
S 
CH
2-
2
/+
HM
I P
an
el
/1
.4
Page
Total page
140
+Main Panel
Safety cut off
10 76 8 93
150
4
145
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
20/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/37
A1
A2
-145Q1
Safety cut off
contactor 1-1
LC1-D 3P 32A
1/L1 2/T1 /2.1
3/L2 4/T2 /2.1
5/L3 6/T3 /2.1
1413
2221
A1
A2
-145Q2
Safety cut off
contactor 1-2
LC1-D 3P 32A
1/L1 2/T1 /2.1
3/L2 4/T2 /2.1
5/L3 6/T3 /2.1
1413
2221
43
44
-140A3
/140.8
63
64
14
5Q
1.
A1
14
5Q
2.
A1
6F1/6.2
6F1_0V/6.2
6F1 /
6F1_0V /
Page
Total page
145
+Main Panel
Emergency stop
10 76 8 93
151
4
150
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/38
Power
In1
In2
Out
Reset
Fault
In2+ In2-
AA
mode
Y32
X2 3
S11
X2 1
S21
X2 2
S22
X1 2
A1
X3 1
S12
X1 1
S34
X1 3
A2
X4 1
-1
50
A1
Es
to
p 
at
 in
le
t
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
1413 /140.4
2423 /140.7
3433
4241
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
PILZ.751 104
Power
In1
In2
Out
Reset
Fault
In2+ In2-
AA
mode
-150X1 1 2 3 4
4x0.75
-150W1
1
DBU
1.5mm²
150X1.1
DBU
1.5mm²
150X1.6
DBU
1.5mm²
150X1.3
DBU
1.5mm²
150X1.8
2 3 4
.1
NC
.2
NC
.2.1 /150.1
.2.1 /150.2
.1
NC
.2
NC
-150S1
Estop at inlet left
5 6 7 8
4x0.75
-150W2
1 2 3 4
.1
NC
.2
NC
.2.1 /150.3
.2.1 /150.4
.1
NC
.2
NC
-150S2
Estop at inlet right
Y32
X2 3
S11
X2 1
S21
X2 2
S22
X1 2
A1
X3 1
S12
X1 1
S34
X1 3
A2
X4 1
-1
50
A2
Es
to
p 
at
 o
ut
le
t
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
1413 /140.4
2423 /140.7
3433
4241
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
PILZ.751 104
9 10 11 12
4x0.75
-150W3
1
DBU
1.5mm²
150X1.9
DBU
1.5mm²
150X1.14
DBU
1.5mm²
150X1.11
DBU
1.5mm²
150X1.16
2 3 4
.1
NC
.2
NC
.2.1 /150.5
.2.1 /150.6
.1
NC
.2
NC
-150S3
Estop at outlet left
13 14 15 16
4x0.75
-150W4
1 2 3 4
.1
NC
.2
NC
.2.1 /150.7
.2.1 /150.8
.1
NC
.2
NC
-150S4
Estop at outlet right6F4/140.9 6F4 / 151.0
6F4_0V/140.9 6F4_0V / 151.0
E-stop at inlet
/
221.7
E-stop at outlet
/
221.8
Page
Total page
150
+Main Panel
Emergency stop
10 76 8 93
155
4
151
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/39
Power
In1
In2
Out
Reset
Fault
In2+ In2-
AA
mode
Y32
X2 3
S11
X2 1
S21
X2 2
S22
X1 2
A1
X3 1
S12
X1 1
S34
X1 3
A2
X4 1
-1
51
A1
Es
to
p 
at
 s
id
e 
do
or
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
1413 /140.4
2423 /140.7
3433
4241
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
PILZ.751 104
For future expansion
Temporary jump
For future expansion
Temporary jump
-151X1 1 2 3 4
4x0.75
-151W1
1
DBU
1.5mm²
151X1.1
DBU
1.5mm²
150X1.6
DBU
1.5mm²
151X1.3
DBU
1.5mm²
150X1.8
2 3 4
.1
NC
.2
NC
.2.1 /151.1
.2.1 /151.2
.1
NC
.2
NC
-151S1
Estop at door 2
5 6 7 8
4x0.75
-151W2
1 2 3 4
.1
NC
.2
NC
.2.1 /151.3
.2.1 /151.4
.1
NC
.2
NC
-151S2
Estop at door 3
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
6F4/150.9 6F4 / 155.0
6F4_0V/150.9 6F4_0V / 155.0
E-stop at side door /
221.9
Page
Total page
151
+Main Panel
Door sensor
10 76 8 93
156
4
155
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/40
Power
In1
In2
Out
Reset
Fault
In2+ In2-
AA
mode
Y32
X2 3
S11
X2 1
S21
X2 2
S22
X1 2
A1
X3 1
S12
X1 1
S34
X1 3
A2
X4 1
-1
55
A1
Do
or
 s
s 
1
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
1413 /140.4
2423 /140.7
3433
4241
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
PILZ.751 104
1
4
2
3
M12-155BG1
MN503S
Sn=8mm
Door 1 sensor
BN WH BU BK
4x
-155W1
BN WH BU BK
Power
In1
In2
Out
Reset
Fault
In2+ In2-
AA
mode
Power
In1
In2
Out
Reset
Fault
In2+ In2-
AA
mode
1
4
2
3
M12 1
4
2
3
M12
2 4
DBU
1.5mm²
155X1.3
DBU
1.5mm²
155X1.2
-155X1 1 3
DBU
1.5mm²
155X1.1
DBU
1.5mm²
155X1.4
Y32
X2 3
S11
X2 1
S21
X2 2
S22
X1 2
A1
X3 1
S12
X1 1
S34
X1 3
A2
X4 1
-1
55
A2
Do
or
 s
s 
2
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
1413 /140.5
2423 /140.8
3433
4241
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
PILZ.751 104
6 85 7
DBU
1.5mm²
155X1.7
DBU
1.5mm²
155X1.6
DBU
1.5mm²
155X1.5
DBU
1.5mm²
155X1.8
Y32
X2 3
S11
X2 1
S21
X2 2
S22
X1 2
A1
X3 1
S12
X1 1
S34
X1 3
A2
X4 1
-1
55
A3
Do
or
 s
s 
3
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
1413 /140.5
2423 /140.8
3433
4241
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
PILZ.751 104
10 129 11
DBU
1.5mm²
155X1.11
DBU
1.5mm²
155X1.10
DBU
1.5mm²
155X1.9
DBU
1.5mm²
155X1.12
-155BG2
MN503S
Sn=8mm
Door 2 sensor
BN WH BU BK
4x
-155W2
BN WH BU BK
-155BG3
MN503S
Sn=8mm
Door 3 sensor
BN WH BU BK
4x
-155W3
BN WH BU BK
6F4/151.9 6F4 / 156.0
6F4_0V/151.9
Door 1 / 221.0
6F4_0V / 156.0
Door 2 / 221.1 Door 3 / 221.2
Page
Total page
155
+Main Panel
Door sensor
10 76 8 93
200
4
156
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/41
Power
In1
In2
Out
Reset
Fault
In2+ In2-
AA
mode
Y32
X2 3
S11
X2 1
S21
X2 2
S22
X1 2
A1
X3 1
S12
X1 1
S34
X1 3
A2
X4 1
-1
56
A1
Do
or
 s
s 
4
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
1413 /140.5
2423 /140.8
3433
4241
PNOZ s4 C 24VDC
PILZ.751 104
1
4
2
3
M12-156BG1
MN503S
Sn=8mm
Door 4 sensor
BN WH BU BK
4x
-156W1
BN WH BU BK
For future expansion For future expansion
DBU
1.5mm²
155X1.15
DBU
1.5mm²
155X1.14
-155X1 13
DBU
1.5mm²
155X1.13
DBU
1.5mm²
155X1.16
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
6F4/155.9 6F4 /
6F4_0V/155.9
Door 4 / 221.3
6F4_0V /
Page
Total page
156
+Main Panel
PLC layout
10 76 8 93
210
4
200
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
28/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/42
Power supply
DIP Switch
1
ON
OFF
2 3 4
EtherNet/IP
5 6 7 8
6
DC
BA
54 7 8
91
0 F E
2 3
6
DC
BA
54 7 8
91
0 F E
2 3
6
DC
BA
54 7 8
91
0 F E
2 3
x10 x1
NODE No.
Memory Card
Supply Switch
M
em
or
y 
Ca
rd
Peripheral USBBattery
UNIT No.
Option
Board Slot
-200A2
CJ2M-CPU32
1-8
RJ-45
XETH
1-4
USB
XUSB
I/O Connector
-200A3
CJ1W-IC101
IOCC
XOUT
Power supply
-200A4
CJ1W-PD025
LG+
24V DC
XPS
GR-
I/O Connector I/O Connector
-200A5
CJ1W-II101
IOCC
XIN
IOCC
XOUT
-200A1
CJ1W-PD025
LG+
24V DC
XPS
GR-
-221A1
/221.0
CJ
1W
-I
D2
11
-222A1
/222.0
CJ
1W
-I
D2
11
-230A1
/230.0
CJ
1W
-O
C2
11
-231A1
/231.0
CJ
1W
-O
C2
11
PE
-220A1
/220.0
CJ
1W
-I
D2
11
-232A1
/232.0
CJ
1W
-O
C2
11
-240A1
/240.0
CJ
1W
-T
C1
01
-250A1
/250.0
CJ
1W
-D
A0
8V
PE
-241A1
/241.0
CJ
1W
-T
C1
01
-251A1
/251.0
CJ
1W
-D
A0
8V
-223A1
/223.0
CJ
1W
-I
D2
11
-252A1
/252.0
CJ
1W
-D
A0
8V
-242A1
/242.0
CJ
1W
-T
C1
01
7F1/7.2
7F1_0V/7.2
7F1 / 210.0
7F1_0V / 210.0
PLC_SWITCH_COMM / 210.7
Page
Total page
200
+Main Panel
Network device
10 76 8 93
220
4
210
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
7/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/43
EWON
-210A1
Communication gateway
LAN
WAN
-
0V
+
24V
SIEMENS
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P1
 T
O 
P5
 F
O 
LA
N 
ON
LY
SCALANCE X005TS
005-0BA00-1CA3
-210A2
SCALANCE X005TS
PORT2
PORT1
PORT3
PORT4
PORT5
M
M
L+
L+
ET
-210X1 WAN
-210C1
Customer provided WAN
WAN
7F1/200.9
7F1_0V/200.9
7F1 /
7F1_0V /
HMI_SWITCH_COMM / +HMI Panel/205.6
PLC_SWITCH_COMM / 200.4
Page
Total page
210
+Main Panel
PLC Digital Input 1
10 76 8 93
221
4
220
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
24/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/44
-220A1
/200.6
digital inputs
CJ1W-ID211
 
0
I0.0
1
I0.1
 
2
I0.2
 
3
I0.3
 
4
I0.4
 
5
I0.5
 
6
I0.6
 
7
I0.7
 
COM
 
10
I1.2
 
 11
I1.3
 
12
I1.4
 
13
I1.5
 
14
I1.6
 
15
I1.7
 
9
I1.1
 
8
I1.0
 
COM
-220X1 0
03
01
02
-45U1
/45.1
Main conveyor
(Inlet)
03
01
02
-46U1
/46.1
Main conveyor
(Outlet)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
#Internal
22
0X
1.
3
22
0X
1.
4
22
0X
1.
5
22
0X
1.
6
22
0X
1.
7
22
0X
1.
8
22
0X
1.
9
22
0X
1.
10
22
0X
1.
11
22
0X
1.
12
22
0X
1.
13
22
0X
1.
14
22
0X
1.
1
22
0X
1.
2
22
0X
1.
0
1
22
0X
1.
15
03
01
02
-20U1
/20.1
Cooling fan 1-2
03
01
02
-21U2
/21.1
Cooling fan 3-4
03
01
02
-22U1
/22.1
Cooling fan 5-6
03
01
02
-23U1
/23.1
Cooling fan 7-8
03
01
02
-24U1
/24.1
Cooling fan 9-10
03
01
02
-25U1
/25.1
Cooling fan 11-12
03
01
02
-26U1
/26.1
Cooling fan 13-14
03
01
02
-27U1
/27.1
Cooling fan 15
7F2/130.9
7F2_0V/220.9
7F2 / 221.0
7F2_0V / 220.0
M
ai
n 
Es
to
p
/1
40
.5
Page
Total page
220
+Main Panel
PLC Digital Input 2
10 76 8 93
222
4
221
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/45
-221A1
/200.6
digital inputsCJ1W-ID211
 
0
I2.0
1
I2.1
 
2
I2.2
 
3
I2.3
 
4
I2.4
 
5
I2.5
 
6
I2.6
 
7
I2.7
 
COM
 
10
I3.2
 
 11
I3.3
 
12
I3.4
 
13
I3.5
 
14
I3.6
 
15
I3.7
 
9
I3.1
 
8
I3.0
 
COM
-221X1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 151
#Internal
22
1X
1.
3
22
1X
1.
4
22
1X
1.
5
22
1X
1.
6
22
1X
1.
7
22
1X
1.
8
22
1X
1.
9
22
1X
1.
10
22
1X
1.
11
22
1X
1.
12
22
1X
1.
13
22
1X
1.
14
22
1X
1.
15
22
1X
1.
1
22
1X
1.
2
22
1X
1.
0
7F2/220.9
7F2_0V/222.0
7F2 / 222.0
7F2_0V / 222.9
E-
st
op
 a
t H
M
I
/1
40
.2
E-
st
op
 a
t i
nl
et
/1
50
.2
E-
st
op
 a
t o
ut
le
t
/1
50
.6
Do
or
 1
/1
55
.2
Do
or
 2
/1
55
.5
E-
st
op
 a
t s
id
e 
do
or
/1
51
.2
Do
or
 3
/1
55
.7
Do
or
 4
/1
56
.2
Page
Total page
221
+Main Panel
PLC Digital Input 3
10 76 8 93
223
4
222
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
24/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/46
-222A1
/200.6
digital inputs
CJ1W-ID211
 
0
I4.0
1
I4.1
 
2
I4.2
 
3
I4.3
 
4
I4.4
 
5
I4.5
 
6
I4.6
 
7
I4.7
 
COM
 
10
I5.2
 
 11
I5.3
 
12
I5.4
 
13
I5.5
 
14
I5.6
 
15
I5.7
 
9
I5.1
 
8
I5.0
 
COM
-222X1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
#Internal
22
2X
1.
3
22
2X
1.
4
22
2X
1.
5
22
2X
1.
6
22
2X
1.
7
22
2X
1.
8
22
2X
1.
9
22
2X
1.
10
22
2X
1.
11
22
2X
1.
12
22
2X
1.
13
22
2X
1.
14
22
2X
1.
15
22
2X
1.
1
22
2X
1.
2
22
2X
1.
0
1
13
14
-20F2
/20.1
Cooling fan 1
13
14
-20F3
/20.3
Cooling fan 2
13
14
-21F2
/21.1
Cooling fan 3
13
14
-21F3
/21.3
Cooling fan 4
13
14
-22F2
/22.1
Cooling fan 5
13
14
-22F3
/22.3
Cooling fan 6
13
14
-23F2
/23.1
Cooling fan 7
13
14
-23F3
/23.3
Cooling fan 8
13
14
-24F2
/24.1
Cooling fan 9
13
14
-24F3
/24.3
Cooling fan 10
13
14
-25F2
/25.1
Cooling fan 11
13
14
-25F3
/25.3
Cooling fan 12
13
14
-26F2
/26.1
Cooling fan 13
13
14
-26F3
/26.3
Cooling fan 14
7F2/221.9
7F2_0V/221.0
7F2 / 223.0
7F2_0V / 221.9
Page
Total page
222
+Main Panel
PLC Digital Input 4
10 76 8 93
230
4
223
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/47
-223A1
/200.7
digital inputs
CJ1W-ID211
 
0
I6.0
1
I6.1
 
2
I6.2
 
3
I6.3
 
4
I6.4
 
5
I6.5
 
6
I6.6
 
7
I6.7
 
COM
 
10
I7.2
 
 11
I7.3
 
12
I7.4
 
13
I7.5
 
14
I7.6
 
15
I7.7
 
9
I7.1
 
8
I7.0
 
COM
-223X1 0 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
#Internal
22
3X
1.
3
22
3X
1.
4
22
3X
1.
5
22
3X
1.
6
22
3X
1.
7
22
3X
1.
8
22
3X
1.
9
22
3X
1.
10
22
3X
1.
11
22
3X
1.
12
22
3X
1.
13
22
3X
1.
14
22
3X
1.
15
22
3X
1.
1
22
3X
1.
2
22
3X
1.
0
2
-223X1 1
-223X1 2
13
14
-223C1
Level switch
from customer
3
13
14
-223C2
Refrigeration ready
1
03
01
02
-40U1
/40.1
Infeed
03
01
02
-47U1
/47.1
Brush motor
1
13
14
-15F2
/15.1
Air blower
7F2/222.9
7F2_0V/7.3
7F2 / 231.5
7F2_0V / 231.0
Page
Total page
223
+Main Panel
PLC Digital Output 1
10 76 8 93
231
4
230
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/48
-230A1
/200.7
digital outputs
CJ1W-OC211
0
Q0.0
1
Q0.1
2
Q0.2
3
Q0.3
4
Q0.4
5
Q0.5
6
Q0.6
7
Q0.7
COM.8
Q1.0
9
Q1.1
10
Q1.2
11
Q1.3
12
Q1.4
13
Q1.5
14
Q1.6
15
Q1.7
COM
A1
+
A2
-
-230K1
Infeed relay
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/40.3
22 21
24
32 31
34
42 41
44
-230X1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
A1
+
A2
-
-230K13
Freezing relay
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/120.0
22 21
24
/115.0
32 31
34
/115.1
42 41
44
A1
+
A2
-
-230K14
Water Defrost relay
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/120.1
22 21
24
32 31
34
42 41
44
A1
+
A2
-
-230K15
Machine running
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/120.2
22 21
24
32 31
34
42 41
44
#Internal
23
0X
1.
1
23
0X
1.
2
23
0X
1.
3
23
0X
1.
4
23
0X
1.
5
23
0X
1.
6
23
0X
1.
7
23
0X
1.
8
23
0X
1.
9
23
0X
1.
10
23
0X
1.
11
23
0X
1.
12
23
0X
1.
13
23
0X
1.
14
23
0X
1.
15
23
0X
1.
0
1
A1
+
A2
-
-230Q7
Door heater
LC1-D 3P 18A
1/L1 2/T1 /80.1
3/L2 4/T2 /80.1
5/L3 6/T3
1413
2221
A1
+
A2
-
-230K2
Main conveyor (outlet)
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/45.3
22 21
24
32 31
34
42 41
44
A1
+
A2
-
-230K3
Return conveyor (Inlet)
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/46.3
22 21
24
32 31
34
42 41
44
A1
+
A2
-
-230K4
Conveyor fault
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/45.4
22 21
24
/46.4
32 31
34
42 41
44
A1
+
A2
-
-230K5
Brush motor
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/47.3
22 21
24
32 31
34
42 41
44
A1
+
A2
-
-230Q6
Air blower
LC1-D 3P 18A
1/L1 2/T1 /15.1
3/L2 4/T2 /15.1
5/L3 6/T3 /15.1
1413
2221
A1
+
A2
-
-230Q8
Wall heater sec 1
LC1-D 3P 18A
1/L1 2/T1 /85.1
3/L2 4/T2 /85.1
5/L3 6/T3
1413
2221
A1
+
A2
-
-230K12
Hot Gas Defrost relay
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/120.5
22 21
24
32 31
34
42 41
44
6F2E_0V/6.3 6F2E_0V / 232.0
6F2E/6.3 6F2E / 232.0
Page
Total page
230
+Main Panel
PLC Digital Output 2
10 76 8 93
232
4
231
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
4/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/49
-231A1
/200.7
digital outputs
CJ1W-OC211
0
Q10.0
1
Q10.1
2
Q10.2
3
Q10.3
4
Q10.4
5
Q10.5
6
Q10.6
7
Q10.7
COM.8
Q11.0
9
Q11.1
10
Q11.2
11
Q11.3
12
Q11.4
13
Q11.5
14
Q11.6
15
Q11.7
COM
A2
-
A1
+
-231Q13
Room light contactor
LC1-D 3P 18A
1/L1 2/T1 /65.1
3/L2 4/T2 /65.1
5/L3 6/T3
1413
2221
A2
-
A1
+
-231K14
E-stop reset
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/140.5
22 21
24
32 31
34
42 41
44
-231X1 0 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
#Internal
5321
23
1X
1.
2
23
1X
1.
3
23
1X
1.
4
23
1X
1.
5
23
1X
1.
6
23
1X
1.
7
23
1X
1.
8
23
1X
1.
9
23
1X
1.
10
23
1X
1.
11
23
1X
1.
12
23
1X
1.
13
23
1X
1.
14
23
1X
1.
15
23
1X
1.
1
23
1X
1.
0
A2
-
A1
+
-231K0
Cooling fan 1-4
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/20.3
22 21
24
/21.3
32 31
34
42 41
44
A2
-
A1
+
-231K1
Cooling fan 5-8
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/22.3
22 21
24
/23.3
32 31
34
42 41
44
A2
-
A1
+
-231K2
Cooling fan 9-10 relay
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/24.3
22 21
24
32 31
34
42 41
44
A2
-
A1
+
-231K3
Cooling fan 11-15
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/26.3
22 21
24
/27.3
32 31
34
/25.3
42 41
44
A2
-
A1
+
-231K7
Cooling fan running
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/120.4
22 21
24
32 31
34
42 41
44
A2
-
A1
+
-231K4
Spare
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
22 21
24
32 31
34
42 41
44
A2
-
A1
+
-231K5
Spare
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
22 21
24
32 31
34
42 41
44
A2
-
A1
+
-231K6
Spare
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
22 21
24
32 31
34
42 41
44
7F2/223.9 7F2 /
7F2_0V/223.9 7F2_0V /
Tow
er light GN
/
130.1
Tow
er light YE
/
130.2
Tow
er light RD
/
130.2
Tow
er light BZ
/
130.2
8F3/8.5 8F3 /
Page
Total page
231
+Main Panel
PLC Digital Output 3
10 76 8 93
240
4
232
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/50
-232A1
/200.8
digital outputs
CJ1W-OC211
0
Q12.0
1
Q12.1
2
Q12.2
3
Q12.3
4
Q12.4
5
Q12.5
6
Q12.67
Q12.7
COM.8
Q13.0
9
Q13.1
10
Q13.2
11
Q13.3
12
Q13.4
13
Q13.5
14
Q13.6
15
Q13.7
COM
-232X1 0 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
#Internal
421
23
2X
1.
1
23
2X
1.
2
23
2X
1.
3
23
2X
1.
4
23
2X
1.
5
23
2X
1.
6
23
2X
1.
7
23
2X
1.
8
23
2X
1.
9
23
2X
1.
10
23
2X
1.
11
23
2X
1.
12
23
2X
1.
13
23
2X
1.
14
23
2X
1.
15
23
2X
1.
0
A1
+
A2
-
-232K1
Defrost water valve 1
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/110.0
22 21
24
/110.1
32 31
34
42 41
44
A1
+
A2
-
-232K2
Defrost water valve 2
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/110.2
22 21
24
/110.2
32 31
34
42 41
44
A1
+
A2
-
-232K3
Defrost water valve 3
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/110.3
22 21
24
/110.4
32 31
34
42 41
44
A1
+
A2
-
-232K4
Defrost Air valve 1
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/110.5
22 21
24
/110.6
32 31
34
42 41
44
A1
+
A2
-
-232K5
Defrost Air valve 2
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/110.6
22 21
24
/110.7
32 31
34
42 41
44
A1
+
A2
-
-232K6
Defrost Air valve 3
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/110.8
22 21
24
/110.9
32 31
34
42 41
44
A1
+
A2
-
-232K7
Belt wash water valve
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/112.0
22 21
24
/112.1
32 31
34
42 41
44
A1
+
A2
-
-232K8
Belt wash air valve
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/112.2
22 21
24
/112.2
32 31
34
42 41
44
A1
+
A2
-
-232K9
Main water valve
SE.RXM4AB1BD
12 11
14
/111.0
22 21
24
/111.1
32 31
34
42 41
44
6F2E_0V/230.9 6F2E_0V /
6F2E/230.9 6F2E /
Page
Total page
232
+Main Panel
PLC Temperature Input 1
10 76 8 93
241
4
240
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
29/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/51
0 1
2
3
456
7
8
90 1 2
3
456
7
8
90 1 2
3
456
7
8
9
X10 X1 INPUT
TYPE
1
ON
OFF
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DIP Switch
3
1 A
PIW0
XA 2
1 B
1
1 B'
3
2 A
PIW2
XB 2
2 B
1
2 B'
6
3 A
PIW4
XA 5
3 B
4
3 B'
6
4 A
PIW6
XB 5
4 B
4
4 B'
-240A1
/200.4
temperature inputs
CJ1W-TC101
-240X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
24
0x
1.
4
24
0X
1.
12
24
0X
1.
11
24
0X
1.
9
24
0X
1.
8
24
0X
1.
7
24
0X
1.
5
24
0x
1.
3
24
0x
1.
1
24
0X
1.
13
24
0X
1.
15
24
0X
1.
16
-240BT1
-40...160°C
Air sensor 1
ST310-22A1A4A8B1A
RD RD WH WH
-240BT2
-40...160°C
Air sensor 2
ST310-22A1A4A8B1A
RD RD WH WH
*Temperature JB 1 -240X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PE
4x0.34
-240W1
4x0.34
-240W3
25G0.5
-240W2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 GNYE SH
13 14 15 16
PE
PE PE
-240BT3
-40...160°C
Suction temp 1
ST310-22A1A4A8B1A
RD RD WH WH
-240BT4
-20...115°C
Suction temp 2
ST310-22A1A4A8B1A
RD RD WH WH
4x0.34
-240W4
4x0.34
-240W5
13 14 15 16
Page
Total page
240
+Main Panel
PLC Temperature Input 2
10 76 8 93
242
4
241
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
29/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/52
0 1
2
3
456
7
8
90 1 2
3
456
7
8
90 1 2
3
456
7
8
9
X10 X1 INPUT
TYPE
1
ON
OFF
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DIP Switch
3
1 A
PIW8
XA 2
1 B
1
1 B'
3
2 A
PIW10
XB 2
2 B
1
2 B'
6
3 A
PIW12
XA 5
3 B
4
3 B'
6
4 A
PIW14
XB 5
4 B
4
4 B'
-241A1
/200.4
temperature inputs
CJ1W-TC101
-241X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
24
1X
1.
4
24
1X
1.
12
24
1X
1.
11
24
1X
1.
9
24
1X
1.
8
24
1X
1.
7
24
1X
1.
5
24
1X
1.
3
24
1X
1.
1
24
1X
1.
13
24
1X
1.
15
24
1X
1.
16
-241BT1
-40...160°C
Air sensor 3
ST310-22A1A4A8B1A
RD RD WH WH
-241BT2
-40...160°C
Suction temp 3
ST310-22A1A4A8B1A
RD RD WH WH
*Temperature JB 2 -241X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PE
4x0.34
-241W1
4x0.34
-241W2
13 14 15 16
PE
PE PE
25G0.5
-241W3 SH1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GNYE
Page
Total page
241
+Main Panel
PLC Temperature Input 3
10 76 8 93
250
4
242
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
28/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/53
0 1
2
3
456
7
8
90 1 2
3
456
7
8
90 1 2
3
456
7
8
9
X10 X1 INPUT
TYPE
1
ON
OFF
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DIP Switch
3
1 A
PIW16
XA 2
1 B
1
1 B'
3
2 A
PIW18
XB 2
2 B
1
2 B'
6
3 A
PIW20
XA 5
3 B
4
3 B'
6
4 A
PIW22
XB 5
4 B
4
4 B'
-242A1
/200.5
temperature inputs
CJ1W-TC101
-242X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
24
2x
1.
4
24
2x
1.
12
24
2x
1.
11
24
2x
1.
9
24
2x
1.
8
24
2x
1.
7
24
2x
1.
5
24
2x
1.
3
24
2x
1.
1
24
2x
1.
13
24
2x
1.
15
24
2x
1.
16
PE
PE PE
Page
Total page
242
+Main Panel
PLC Analogue Output 1
10 76 8 93
251
4
250
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
4/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/54
Mode Switch
1
ON
OFF
2
0 1
2
3
456
7
8
9
x10
0 1
2
3
456
7
8
9
x1
-250A1
/200.5
analog outputs
CJ1W-DA08V
1
Output 1 (+)
PQW0
Infeed
XA 2
Output 1 (-)
1
Output 2 (+)
PQW2
Main
conveyor
(Outlet)
XB 2
Output 2 (-)
3
Output 3 (+)
PQW4
Return
conveyor
(Inlet)
XA 4
Output 3 (-)
3
Output 4 (+)
PQW6
Brush
motor
XB 4
Output 4 (-)
9
24V
XA 9
0V
XB5
Output 5 (+)
PQW8
Spare
XA 6
Output 5 (-)
5
Output 6 (+)
PQW10
Spare
XB 6
Output 6 (-)
7
Output 7 (+)
PQW12
Spare
XA 8
Output 7 (-)
7
Output 8 (+)
PQW14
Spare
XB 8
Output 8 (-)
7F3/7.5 7F3 / 251.0
7F3_0V/7.5 7F3_0V / 251.0
40U1.53
/
40.5
40U1.55
/
40.5
45U1.53
/
45.5
45U1.55
/
45.5
46U1.53
/
46.5
46U1.55
/
46.5
47U1.53
/
47.5
47U1.55
/
47.5
Page
Total page
250
+Main Panel
PLC Analogue Output 2
10 76 8 93
252
4
251
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/55
Mode Switch
1
ON
OFF
2
0 1
2
3
456
7
8
9
x10
0 1
2
3
456
7
8
9
x1
-251A1
/200.5
analog outputs
CJ1W-DA08V
1
Output 1 (+)
PQW16
Cooling fan
1-2
XA 2
Output 1 (-)
1
Output 2 (+)
PQW18
Cooling fan
3-4
XB 2
Output 2 (-)
3
Output 3 (+)
PQW20
Cooling fan
5-6
XA 4
Output 3 (-)
3
Output 4 (+)
PQW22
Cooling fan
7-8
XB 4
Output 4 (-)
9
24V
XA 9
0V
XB5
Output 5 (+)
PQW24
Cooling fan
9-10
XA 6
Output 5 (-)
5
Output 6 (+)
PQW26
Cooling fan
11-12
XB 6
Output 6 (-)
7
Output 7 (+)
PQW28
Cooling fan
13-14
XA 8
Output 7 (-)
7
Output 8 (+)
PQW30
Cooling fan
15
XB 8
Output 8 (-)
7F3/250.9 7F3 / 252.0
7F3_0V/250.9 7F3_0V / 252.0
24U1.53
/
24.5
24U1.55
/
24.5
25U1.53
/
25.5
25U1.55
/
25.5
26U1.53
/
26.5
26U1.55
/
26.5
27U1.53
/
27.5
27U1.55
/
27.5
20U1.53
/
20.5
20U1.55
/
20.5
21U1.53
/
21.5
21U1.55
/
21.5
22U1.53
/
22.5
22U1.55
/
22.5
23U1.53
/
23.5
23U1.55
/
23.5
Page
Total page
251
+Main Panel
PLC Analogue Output 3
10 76 8 93
&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/1
4
252
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/56
Mode Switch
1
ON
OFF
2
0 1
2
3
456
7
8
9
x10
0 1
2
3
456
7
8
9
x1
-252A1
/200.6
analog outputs
CJ1W-DA08V
1
Output 1 (+)
PQW32
Spare
XA 2
Output 1 (-)
1
Output 2 (+)
PQW34
Spare
XB 2
Output2 (-)
3
Output 3 (+)
PQW36
Spare
XA 4
Output 3 (-)
3
Output 4 (+)
PQW38
Spare
XB 4
Output 4 (-)
9
24V
XA 9
0V
XB5
Output 5 (+)
PQW40
Spare
XA 6
Output 5 (-)
5
Output 6 (+)
PQW42
Spare
XB 6
Output 6 (-)
7
Output 7 (+)
PQW44
Spare
XA 8
Output 7 (-)
7
Output 8 (+)
PQW46
Spare
XB 8
Output 8 (-)
7F3/251.9 7F3 /
7F3_0V/251.9 7F3_0V /
Page
Total page
&Electrical_Schematic/252
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-220X1
10 76 8 93
2
4
1
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/57
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
03
01
02
X2.3
03
01
02 03
01
02 03
01
02 03
01
02 03
01
02 03
01
02 03
01
02 03
01
02
+Main Panel-#Internal-220X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
0.
0
0
01 01 01 01 0101
I0
.0
01 030103 03 03 03 03 03 03 0301X2.3
-140A2
Main cut
off
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
0.
1
I0
.1
1
02
-45U1
Main conveyor (Inlet)
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
0.
1
I0
.2
2
02
-46U1
Main conveyor (Outlet)
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
0.
2
I0
.3
3
02
-20U1
Cooling fan 1-2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
0.
2
I0
.4
4
02
-21U2
Cooling fan 3-4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
0.
3
I0
.5
5
02
-22U1
Cooling fan 5-6
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
0.
3
I0
.6
6
02
-23U1
Cooling fan 7-8
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
0.
4
I0
.7
7
02
-24U1
Cooling fan 9-10
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
0.
5
I1
.0
8
02
-25U1
Cooling fan 11-12
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
0.
5
I1
.1
9
02
-26U1
Cooling fan 13-14
Page
Total page
1
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-220X1
10 76 8 93
3
4
2
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/58
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
03
01
02
+Main Panel-#Internal-220X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
0.
6
10
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
0.
8
14
I1
.2
01 02
I1
.6
03
-27U1
Cooling fan 15
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
0.
6
I1
.3
11
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
0.
7
I1
.4
12
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
0.
7
I1
.5
13
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
0.
9
I1
.7
15
Page
Total page
2
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-221X1
10 76 8 93
4
4
3
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/59
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
X2.3X2.3 X2.3 X2.3 X2.3X2.3 X2.3 X2.3
+Main Panel-#Internal-221X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
1.
0
0
I2
.0
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
1.
6
I3
.2
10
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
1.
2
I2
.3
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
1.
3
I2
.6
6
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
1.
5
I3
.0
8
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
1.
7
I3
.4
12
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
1.
7
I3
.5
13
X2.3
-155A1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
1.
1
I2
.1
1
X2.3
-155A2
Door ss 2
X2.3
-140A1
Estop at
HMI
X2.3
-150A1
Estop at
inlet
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
1.
8
I3
.6
14
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
1.
9
I3
.7
15
X2.3
Door ss 1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
1.
1
I2
.2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
1.
2
I2
.4
4
X2.3
-155A3
Door ss 3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
1.
3
I2
.5
5
X2.3
-156A1
Door ss 4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
1.
4
I2
.7
7
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
1.
5
I3
.1
9
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
1.
6
I3
.3
11
X2.3
-150A2
Estop at
outlet
-151A1
Estop at
side door
Page
Total page
3
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-222X1
10 76 8 93
5
4
4
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
24/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/60
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
13
14
13
14
13
14
13
14
13
14
13
14
13
14
13
14
13
14
13
14
13
14
13
14
13
14
+Main Panel-#Internal-222X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
2.
0
0
I4
.0
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 1314
-20F2
Cooling fan 1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
2.
1
I4
.1
1
14
-20F3
Cooling fan 2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
2.
1
I4
.2
2
14
-21F2
Cooling fan 3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
2.
2
I4
.3
3
14
-21F3
Cooling fan 4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
2.
2
I4
.4
4
14
-22F2
Cooling fan 5
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
2.
3
I4
.5
5
14
-22F3
Cooling fan 6
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
2.
3
I4
.6
6
14
-23F2
Cooling fan 7
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
2.
4
I4
.7
7
14
-23F3
Cooling fan 8
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
2.
5
I5
.0
8
14
-24F2
Cooling fan 9
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
2.
5
I5
.1
9
14
-24F3
Cooling fan 10
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
2.
6
I5
.2
10
14
-25F2
Cooling fan 11
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
2.
6
I5
.3
11
14
-25F3
Cooling fan 12
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
2.
7
I5
.4
12
14
-26F2
Cooling fan 13
Page
Total page
4
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-222X1
10 76 8 93
6
4
5
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
24/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/61
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
13
14
+Main Panel-#Internal-222X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
2.
7
13
I5
.5
1314
-26F3
Cooling fan 14
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
2.
8
I5
.6
14
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
2.
9
I5
.7
15
Page
Total page
5
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-223X1
10 76 8 93
7
4
6
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
24/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/62
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
13
14
2
03
01
02 03
01
02
+Main Panel-#Internal-223X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
0
0
I6.0
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
1
I6
.1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
3
I6
.5
5
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
5
I7
.0
8
2:1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
6
I7
.3
11
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
1
I6
.2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
2
I6
.3
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
2
I6
.4
4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
3
I6
.6
6
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
4
I6
.7
7
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
5
I7
.1
9
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
6
I7
.2
10
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
7
I7
.4
12
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
7
I7
.5
13
3:1
-223X1
020301
-40U1
Infeed
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
8
I7
.6
14
020301
-47U1
Brush motor
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
9
I7
.7
15
1314
-15F2
Air blower
Page
Total page
6
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-230X1
10 76 8 93
8
4
7
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/63
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
+Main Panel-#Internal-230X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
0.
0
0
Q0
.0
A1 A1 A1A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
0.
5
Q1
.2
10
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
0.
6
Q1
.3
11
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
0.
4
Q1
.0
8
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
0.
6
Q1
.4
12
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
0.
7
Q1
.5
13
A1 A1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
0.
8
Q1
.7
15
A1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
0.
1
Q0
.1
1
A2
-230K1
Infeed relay
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
0.
1
Q0
.2
2
A2
-230K2
Main conveyor
(outlet)
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
0.
2
Q0
.3
3
A2
-230K3
Return conveyor
(Inlet)
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
0.
2
Q0
.4
4
A2
-230K4
Conveyor fault
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
0.
3
Q0
.5
5
A2
-230K5
Brush motor
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
0.
3
Q0
.6
6
A2
-230Q6
Air blower
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
0.
4
Q0
.7
7
A2
-230Q7
Door heater
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
0.
5
Q1
.1
9
A2
-230Q8
Wall heater sec 1
A2
-230K13
Freezing relay
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
0.
7
Q1
.6
14
A2
-230K14
Defrost relay
A2
-230K15
Machine running
Page
Total page
7
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-231X1
10 76 8 93
9
4
8
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/64
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
2
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
+Main Panel-#Internal-231X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
1.
0
0
A1
Q1
0.
0
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
1.
5
Q1
1.
1
9
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
1.
6
Q1
1.
4
12
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
1.
7
Q1
1.
5
13
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
1.
4
Q1
1.
0
8
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
1.
5
Q1
1.
2
10
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
1.
6
Q1
1.
3
11
A2
-231K0
Cooling fan 1-4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
1.
1
Q1
0.
1
1
A2
-231K1
Cooling fan 5-8
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
1.
1
Q1
0.
2
2
A2
-231K2
Cooling fan 9-10
relay
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
1.
2
Q1
0.
3
3
A2
-231K3
Cooling fan 11-15
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
1.
2
Q1
0.
4
4
A2
-231K4
Spare
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
1.
3
Q1
0.
5
5
A2
-231K5
Spare
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
1.
3
Q1
0.
6
6
A2
-231K6
Spare
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
1.
4
Q1
0.
7
7
A2
-231K7
Cooling fan
running
5:14:13:12:1
-130X1
A1A2
-231Q13
Room light
contactor
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
1.
7
Q1
1.
6
14
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
1.
8
Q1
1.
7
15
A1A2
-231K14
E-stop reset
Page
Total page
8
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-#Internal-232X1
10 76 8 93
10
4
9
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/65
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
A1
+
A2
-
+Main Panel-#Internal-232X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
2.
0
0
A1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
2.
1
1
A2
Q1
2.
0
Q1
2.
1
-232K1
Defrost water
valve 1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
2.
1
Q1
2.
2
2
A2A1
-232K2
Defrost water
valve 2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
2.
2
Q1
2.
3
3
A2A1
-232K3
Defrost water
valve 3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
2.
2
Q1
2.
4
4
A2A1
-232K4
Defrost Air valve 1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
2.
3
Q1
2.
5
5
A2A1
-232K5
Defrost Air valve 2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
2.
3
Q1
2.
6
6
A2A1
-232K6
Defrost Air valve 3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
2.
4
Q1
2.
7
7
A2A1
-232K7
Belt wash water
valve
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
2.
4
Q1
3.
0
8
A2A1
-232K8
Belt wash air valve
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
2.
5
Q1
3.
1
9
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
2.
5
Q1
3.
2
10
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
2.
6
Q1
3.
3
11
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
2.
6
Q1
3.
4
12
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
2.
7
Q1
3.
5
13
A2A1
-232K9
Main water valve
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
2.
7
Q1
3.
6
14
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
2.
8
Q1
3.
7
15
Page
Total page
9
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-*Door heater1 JB-80X1
10 76 8 93
11
4
10
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/66
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
1
2
PE
+Main Panel-*Door heater1 JB-80X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.1
PE
PE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.1
2
2
2
2
GNYE
GNYE
1
1
1
-80E1
3G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
0W
2
Door heater 1
Page
Total page
10
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-*Door heater2 JB-80X1
10 76 8 93
12
4
11
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECHFREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/67
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
1
2
PE
+Main Panel-*Door heater2 JB-80X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.2
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.3
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.3
PE
1
1
2
2
GNYE
GNYE
PE21
-80E2
3G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
0W
4
Door heater 2
Page
Total page
11
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-*Door heater3 JB-80X1
10 76 8 93
13
4
12
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/68
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
1
2
PE
+Main Panel-*Door heater3 JB-80X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.4
1
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.4
2
PE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.5
PE
1
1
1
2
2
GNYE
GNYE
-80E3
3G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
0W
6
Door heater 3
Page
Total page
12
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-*Door heater4 JB-80X1
10 76 8 93
14
4
13
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
23/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/69
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
1
2
PE
+Main Panel-*Door heater4 JB-80X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.6
1
21
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.6
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.7
PE
PE
1
1
2
2
GNYE
GNYE
-80E4
3G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
0W
8
Door heater 4
Page
Total page
13
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-*Temperature JB1-240X1
10 76 8 93
15
4
14
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/70
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
RD RD RD RD
+Main Panel-*Temperature JB1-240X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
1
1
RDRD
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
1
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
2
3
WH
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
3
5
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
3
6
RDRD
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
4
8
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
5
9
RDWH
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
5
11
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
6
12
WHWH
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
7
14
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
7
15
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
7
16
WHWHRD
PI
W
0
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
2
4
WH
-240BT1
4x
0.
34
 m
m
²
-2
40
W
1
Air sensor 1
PI
W
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
3
7
WH
-240BT2
4x
0.
34
 m
m
²
-2
40
W
3
Air sensor 2
PI
W
4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
5
10
RD
-240BT3
4x
0.
34
 m
m
²
-2
40
W
4
Suction temp 1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
7
PI
W
6
13
RD
-240BT4
4x
0.
34
 m
m
²
-2
40
W
5
Suction temp 2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
8
PE
Page
Total page
14
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-*Temperature JB2-241X1
10 76 8 93
16
4
15
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
28/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/71
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
RDRD
+Main Panel-*Temperature JB2-241X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
2
3
WHRD
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
1
2
RD
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
2
4
WH
-241BT1
4x
0.
34
 m
m
²
-2
41
W
1
Air sensor 3
PI
W
8
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
3
PI
W
10
5
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
3
6
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
3
7
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
4
8
WHWHRDRD
-241BT2
4x
0.
34
 m
m
²
-2
41
W
2
Suction temp 3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
5
PI
W
12
9
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
5
10
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
5
11
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
6
12
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
7
PI
W
14
13
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
7
14
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
7
15
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
7
16
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
8
PE
Page
Total page
15
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-*Wall heater section1 JB-85X1
10 76 8 93
17
4
16
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/72
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
1
2
PE
1
2
PE
1
2
PE
1
2
PE
1
2
PE
1
2
PE
1
2
PE
1
2
PE
+Main Panel-*Wall heater section1 JB-85X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.1
1
PE1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.1
PE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.1
2
2
1
1
2
2
GNYE
GNYE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.2
1
-85E1
3G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
5W
2
Wall heater 1-1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.2
2
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.2
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE21
-85E2
3G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
5W
3
Wall heater 1-2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.3
1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.3
2
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.3
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE21
-85E3
3G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
5W
4
Wall heater 1-3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.4
1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.4
2
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.4
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE21
-85E4
3G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
5W
5
Wall heater 1-4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.5
1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.5
2
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.5
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE21
-85E5
3G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
5W
6
Wall heater 1-5
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.6
1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.6
2
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.6
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE21
-85E6
3G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
5W
7
Wall heater 1-6
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.7
11
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.7
2
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.7
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE21
-85E7
3G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
5W
8
Wall heater 1-7
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.8
1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.8
2
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.8
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE21
-85E8
3G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
5W
9
Wall heater 1-8
Page
Total page
16
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-20F2-
10 76 8 93
18
4
17
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/73
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-20F2-
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
20
.1
T1
W1V1U1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
20
.2
PE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
20
.1
2
T2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
20
.1
3
T3
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
20
.2
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE
-20M1
4G
4 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-2
0W
3
Cooling fan 1
Page
Total page
17
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-20F3-
10 76 8 93
19
4
18
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/74
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-20F3-
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
20
.3
T1
W1U1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
20
.4
PE
V1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
20
.3
2
T2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
20
.3
3
T3
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
20
.4
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE
-20M2
4G
4 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-2
0W
5
Cooling fan 2
Page
Total page
18
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-21F2-
10 76 8 93
20
4
19
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/75
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-21F2-
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
21
.1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
21
.1
2
W1V1U1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
21
.1
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
21
.2
PE
PE
1
1
2
2
3
3
GNYE
GNYE
-21M1
4G
4 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-2
1W
3
Cooling fan 3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
21
.2
PE
Page
Total page
19
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-21F3-
10 76 8 93
21
4
20
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/76
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-21F3-
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
21
.3
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
21
.3
2
W1V1U1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
21
.3
3
1
1
3
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
21
.4
PE
PE
2
2
GNYE
GNYE
-21M2
4G
4 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-2
1W
5
Cooling fan 4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
21
.4
PE
Page
Total page
20
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-22F2-
10 76 8 93
22
4
21
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/77
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-22F2-
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
.1
1
W1V1U1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
.1
2
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
.1
3
3
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
.2
PE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
.2
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE
-22M1
4G
4 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-2
2W
3
Cooling fan 5
Page
Total page
21
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-22F3-
10 76 8 93
23
4
22
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/78
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-22F3-
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
.3
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
.3
2
V1U1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
.4
PE
PE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
.4
PE
1
1
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
.3
3
3
3
GNYE
GNYE
W1
-22M2
4G
4 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-2
2W
5
Cooling fan 6
Page
Total page
22
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-23F2-
10 76 8 93
24
4
23
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/79
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-23F2-
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
.1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
.1
2
V1U1
1
1
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
.1
3
3
3
W1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
.2
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE
-23M1
4G
4 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-2
3W
3
Cooling fan 7
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
.2
PE
Page
Total page
23
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-23F3-
10 76 8 93
25
4
24
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/80
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-23F3-
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
.3
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
.3
2
V1U1
1
1
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
.3
3
3
3
W1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
.4
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE-23M2
4G
4 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-2
3W
5
Cooling fan 8
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
23
.4
PE
Page
Total page
24
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-24F2-
10 76 8 93
26
4
25
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/81
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-24F2-
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
.1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
.1
2
V1U1
1
1
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
.1
3
3
3
W1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
.2
PE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
.2
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE
-24M1
4G
4 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-2
4W
3
Cooling fan 9
Page
Total page
25
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-24F3-
10 76 8 93
27
4
26
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/82
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-24F3-
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
.3
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
.3
2
V1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
.3
3
3
3
W1
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
.4
GNYE
PE
GNYE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
.4
PE
PE
1
1
U1
-24M2
4G
4 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-2
4W
5
Cooling fan 10
Page
Total page
26
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-25F2-
10 76 8 93
28
4
27
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/83
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-25F2-
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
25
.1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
25
.1
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
25
.1
3
W1V1
2
2
3
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
25
.2
PE
1
1
U1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
25
.2
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE
-25M1
4G
4 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-2
5W
3
Cooling fan 11
Page
Total page
27
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-25F3-
10 76 8 93
29
4
28
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/84
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-25F3-
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
25
.3
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
25
.3
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
25
.4
PE
PE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
25
.4
PE
V1U1
1
1
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
25
.3
3
3
3
GNYE
GNYE
W1
-25M2
4G
4 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-2
5W
5
Cooling fan 12
Page
Total page
28
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-26F2-
10 76 8 93
30
4
29
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/85
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-26F2-
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
26
.1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
26
.1
2
V1U1
1
1
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
26
.1
3
3
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
26
.2
GNYE
PE
GNYE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
26
.2
PE
PEW1
-26M1
4G
4 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-2
6W
3
Cooling fan 13
Page
Total page
29
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-26F3-
10 76 8 93
31
4
30
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/86
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-26F3-
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
26
.3
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
26
.3
2
V1U1
1
1
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
26
.3
3
3
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
26
.4
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PEW1
-26M2
4G
4 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-2
6W
5
Cooling fan 14
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
26
.4
PE
Page
Total page
30
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-8X1
10 76 8 93
32
4
31
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/87
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
1
+Main Panel-8X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
8.
3
1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
8.
3
2
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
8.
4
GNYE
PE
GNYE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
14
0.
2
3
3
3
3:2PE:22:21:2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
14
0.
2
4
4
4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
14
0.
3
5
5
5
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
14
0.
3
6
6
6
6:25:24:2
+HMI Panel-1X1
7G
1.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
W
1
Page
Total page
31
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-8X2
10 76 8 93
33
4
32
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/88
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
13
14
+Main Panel-8X2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
8.
5
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
8.
5
2
1413
-8C1
Fan Interlock
Page
Total page
32
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-15X1
10 76 8 93
34
4
33
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machinetype Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/89
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-15X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
.1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
.1
2
V1U1
1
1
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
.1
3
3
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
.1
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PEW1
-15M1
4G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
5W
1
Air blower
Page
Total page
33
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-27X1
10 76 8 93
35
4
34
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/90
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-27X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
27
.1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
27
.1
2
V1U1
1
1
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
27
.1
3
3
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
27
.2
GNYE
PE
GNYE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
27
.2
PE
PEW1
-27M1
4G
4 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-2
7W
2
Cooling fan 15
Page
Total page
34
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-40X1
10 76 8 93
36
4
35
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/91
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-40X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
40
.1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
40
.1
2
V1U1
1
1
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
40
.1
3
3
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
40
.2
GNYE
PE
GNYE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
40
.2
PE
PEW1
-40M1
4G
1,
5 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-4
0W
2
Infeed
Page
Total page
35
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-45X1
10 76 8 93
37
4
36
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/92
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-45X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
45
.1
1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
45
.1
2
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
45
.1
3
3
3
W1V1U1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
45
.2
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE
-45M1
4G
1,
5 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-4
5W
2
Main conveyor (Outlet)
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
45
.2
PE
Page
Total page
36
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-46X1
10 76 8 93
38
4
37
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/93
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-46X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
46
.1
1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
46
.1
2
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
46
.1
3
3
3
W1V1U1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
46
.2
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE
-46M1
4G
1,
5 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-4
6W
2
Return conveyor (Inlet)
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
46
.2
PE
Page
Total page
37
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-47X1
10 76 8 93
39
4
38
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/94
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
U1 V1 W1 PE
3
M
+Main Panel-47X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
47
.1
1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
47
.1
2
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
47
.1
3
3
3
W1V1U1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
47
.2
PE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
47
.2
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE
-47M1
4G
1,
5 
m
m
²
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-4
7W
2
Brush motor
Page
Total page
38
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-65X1
10 76 8 93
40
4
39
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/95
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
1
+Main Panel-65X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
65
.1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
65
.1
2
2:21:2
1
1
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
65
.1
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE:2
+Lighting Panel-1X1
3G
1.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-6
5W
1
Page
Total page
39
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-80X1
10 76 8 93
41
4
40
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/96
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
11 1 1
+Main Panel-80X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.1
2
2:11:1
1
1
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.1
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE:1
-*Door heater1 JB-80X1
3G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
0W
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.2
1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.3
2
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.3
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE:12:11:1
-*Door heater2 JB-80X1
3G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
0W
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.4
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.4
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.5
GNYE
PE
GNYE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.6
1
1
1
1:1PE:1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.7
GNYE
PE
GNYE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.8
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.8
2
PE:1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.9
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.9
2
1
1
2
2
2:11:1
-*Door heater3 JB-80X1
3G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
0W
5
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
80
.6
2
2
2
2:1
-*Door heater4 JB-80X1
3G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
0W
7Page
Total page
40
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-85X1
10 76 8 93
42
4
41
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/97
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
1
+Main Panel-85X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.1
2
2:1
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
85
.1
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE:1
1
1
1:1
-*Wall heater section1 JB-85X1
3G
2.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-8
5W
1
Page
Total page
41
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-110X1
10 76 8 93
43
4
42
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/98
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
11 1 1 1
+Main Panel-110X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
1
DW
1
1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
1
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
2
1
DW
2
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
3
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
4
0V
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
6
1
DA
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
6
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
7
1
DA
2
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
7
0V
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
8
PE
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
9
DA
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
9
0V
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
9
PE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
1.
1
1
TO
L
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
1.
1
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
1
2
0V
2
2
-110B1
3G
1.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
10
W
1
Defrost - Water valve 1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
3
2
0V
2
2
-110B2
3G
1.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
10
W
2
Defrost - Water valve 2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
4
DW
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
4
PE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
0.
6
2
0V
2
2
-110B4
3G
1.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
10
W
4
Defrost - Air valve 1
2
2
GNYE
GNYE
PE2
-110B5
3G
1.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
10
W
5
Defrost - Air valve 2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
1.
1
2
0V
2
2
-111B1
3G
1.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
11
W
1
MAIN WATER VALVE
Page
Total page
42
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-111X1
10 76 8 93
44
4
43
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/99
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
11
+Main Panel-111X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
2.
1
BW
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
2.
1
0V
21
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
2.
3
PE
PE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
2.
2
BA
1
1
1
1
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
2.
1
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE
-112B1
3G
1.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
12
W
1
Belt wash - Water valve 1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
2.
3
2
0V
2
GNYE
GNYE
2
-112B2
3G
1.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
12
W
2
Belt wash - Air valve 1
Page
Total page
43
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-115X1
10 76 8 93
45
4
44
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/100
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
1
+Main Panel-115X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
5.
1
FD
1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
5.
1
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
11
5.
1
2
0V
2
2
-115B1
3G
1.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
15
W
1
Freezing demand valve
Page
Total page
44
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-120X1
10 76 8 93
46
4
45
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/101
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
1 1 1 1
+Main Panel-120X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
12
0.
0
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
12
0.
2
5
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
12
0.
4
8
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
12
0.
1
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
12
0.
1
3
12
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
12
0.
3
6
2
-120C3
Machine running
2
-120C1
Freezing demand
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
12
0.
2
4
2
-120C2
Defrost demand
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
12
0.
4
7
1
-120C4
Cooling fan
running
Page
Total page
45
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-130X1
10 76 8 93
47
4
46
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
28/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/102
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
2
+Main Panel-130X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
13
0.
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
13
0.
1
2
21
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
13
0.
2
4
4
1
1
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
13
0.
2
3
3
3
4
4
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
13
0.
4
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
13
0.
4
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
13
0.
5
4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
13
0.
6
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
13
0.
7
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
13
0.
8
4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
13
0.
5
5
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
13
0.
8
5
Q1
1.
1
Q1
1.
2
Q1
1.
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
13
0.
2
Q1
1.
4
5
5
5
5
-130LG1
7G
1 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
30
W
1
Tower light 1
Q1
1.
2
Q1
1.
3
Q1
1.
4
Q1
1.
3
Q1
1.
4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
13
0.
3
1
Q1
1.
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
13
0.
7
Q1
1.
1
2
Q1
1.
2
Page
Total page
46
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-150X1
10 76 8 93
48
4
47
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUTTHE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/103
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
.1
NC
.2
NC
.1
NC
.2
NC
.1
NC
.2
NC
.1
NC
.2
NC
+Main Panel-150X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
0.
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
0.
1
2
.1.2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
0.
2
4
.1
1
1
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
0.
2
3
3
3
4
4
.2
-150S1
4x
0.
75
 m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
50
W
1
Estop at inlet left
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
0.
3
1
5
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
0.
3
2
6
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
0.
4
3
7
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
0.
4
4
8
4
.1.2.1.2
-150S2
4x
0.
75
 m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
50
W
2
Estop at inlet right
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
0.
5
1
9
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
0.
6
2
10
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
0.
6
3
11
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
0.
6
4
12
4
.1.2.1.2
-150S3
4x
0.
75
 m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
50
W
3
Estop at outlet left
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
0.
7
1
13
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
0.
7
2
14
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
0.
8
3
15
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
0.
8
4
16
4
.1.2.1.2
-150S4
4x
0.
75
 m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
50
W
4
Estop at outlet right
Page
Total page
47
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-151X1
10 76 8 93
49
4
48
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/104
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
.1
NC
.2
NC
.1
NC
.2
NC
+Main Panel-151X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
1.
1
1
.2
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
1.
1
2
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
1.
2
3
3
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
1.
2
4
4
4
.1.2.1
-151S1
4x
0.
75
 m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
51
W
1
Estop at door 2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
1.
3
1
5
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
1.
3
2
6
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
1.
4
3
7
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
1.
4
4
8
4
.1.2.1.2
-151S2
4x
0.
75
 m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
51
W
2
Estop at door 3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
1.
5
9
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
1.
5
10
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
1.
6
11
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
1.
6
12
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
1.
7
13
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
1.
7
14
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
1.
8
15
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
1.
8
16
Page
Total page
48
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-155X1
10 76 8 93
50
4
49
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/105
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
BNBN BN BN
+Main Panel-155X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
5.
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
5.
1
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
5.
2
4
BKWHBN
BN
BN
WH
WH
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
5.
2
BU
3
BU
BK
BK
BU
-155BG1
4xPV
C
-1
55
W
1
Door 1 sensor
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
5.
4
BN
5
BN
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
5.
4
WH
6
WH
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
5.
4
BU
7
BU
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
5.
4
BK
8
BK
BKBUWHBN
-155BG2
4xPV
C
-1
55
W
2
Door 2 sensor
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
5.
6
BN
9
BN
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
5.
7
WH
10
WH
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
5.
7
BU
11
BU
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
5.
7
BK
12
BK
BKBUWHBN
-155BG3
4xPV
C
-1
55
W
3
Door 3 sensor
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
6.
1
BN
13
BN
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
6.
1
WH
14
WH
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
6.
2
BU
15
BU
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
6.
2
BK
16
BK
BKBUWHBN
-156BG1
4xPV
C
-1
56
W
1
Door 4 sensor
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
6.
4
17
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
6.
4
18
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
6.
4
19
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
6.
4
20
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
6.
6
21
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
6.
7
22
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
6.
7
23
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
15
6.
7
24
Page
Total page
49
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-210X1
10 76 8 93
51
4
50
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/106
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
WAN
+Main Panel-210X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
21
0.
4
W
AN
WAN
-210C1
Customer
provided
WAN
Page
Total page
50
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-223X1
10 76 8 93
52
4
51
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/107
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
13
14
13
14
+Main Panel-223X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
5
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
5
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
6
1
131413
I7
.1
-223C1
Level switch from
customer
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
22
3.
6
I7
.3
3
14
-223C2
Refrigeration
ready
Page
Total page
51
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-240X1
10 76 8 93
53
4
52
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/108
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
1
+Main Panel-240X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
1
PI
W
0
1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
1
2
2
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
2
3
3
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
2
4
4
4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
3
PI
W
2
5
5
5
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
3
6
6
6
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
240.
3
7
7
7
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
4
8
8
8
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
5
PI
W
4
9
9
9
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
5
10
10
10
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
5
11
11
11
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
6
12
12
12
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
7
PI
W
6
13
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
7
14
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
7
15
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
7
16
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
8
GNYE
PE
GNYE
PE:116:115:114:113:112:111:110:19:18:17:16:15:14:13:12:11:1
-*Temperature JB1-240X1
25
G0
.5
 m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-2
40
W
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
0.
8
PE
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
Page
Total page
52
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-241X1
10 76 8 93
54
4
53
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
28/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/109
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
1
+Main Panel-241X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
1
PI
W
8
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
1
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
2
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
2
4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
3
PI
W
10
5
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
3
6
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
3
7
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
4
8
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
5
PI
W
12
9
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
5
10
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
5
11
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
6
12
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
7
PI
W
14
13
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
7
14
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
7
15
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
7
16
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
8
PE
PE:116:115:114:113:112:111:110:19:18:17:16:15:14:13:12:11:1
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
GNYE
GNYE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
1.
8
PE
-*Temperature JB2-241X1
25
G0
.5
 m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
 C
Y
-2
41
W
3
Page
Total page
53
+Main Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Main Panel-242X1
10 76 8 93
&Summarized part list/1
4
54
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
28/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/110
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
+Main Panel-242X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
1
PI
W
16
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
1
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
2
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
2
4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
3
PI
W
18
5
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
3
6
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
3
7
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
4
8
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
5
PI
W
20
9
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
5
10
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
5
11
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
6
12
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
7
PI
W
22
13
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
7
14
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
7
15
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
7
16
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
8
PE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
24
2.
8
PE
Page
Total page
&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/54
+Main Panel
Summarized parts list : PILZ.751 104 - SE.LV432877
10 76 8 93
1.a
4
1
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
28/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Summarized part list
/111
Summarized parts list F02_001 - Dantech
DT Dantech ID
F02_001 - Dantech
Spare partDesignation Part numberQuantity Manufacturer
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
PILZ.751 1049 PNOZsigma Safety relay 3n/o 1n/c PILZ PC300053140A1;140A2;150A1;150A2;151A1;155A1...155A3;156A1
PILZ.751 1111 PNOZsigma Safety relay 8n/o 1n/c PILZ PC300059140A3
OMR.CJ1W-PD0252 Programmable logic controllers (PLC), Modular PLC, CJ-Series power supplies,expansions OMR PC290013200A1;200A4
OMR.CJ2M-CPU321 Programmable logic controllers (PLC), Modular PLC, CJ-Series CPU units OMR PC280119200A2
OMR.CJ1W-IC1011 Programmable logic controllers (PLC), Modular PLC, CJ-Series power supplies,expansions OMR PC170002200A3
OMR.CJ1W-II1011 Programmable logic controllers (PLC), Modular PLC, CJ-Series power supplies,expansions OMR PC170003200A5
EC3501 Communication gateway Ewon PC390060210A1
E-022 SMA1 Quadband antenna(magnetic foot with 5mcable) Ewon PC390061210A1
SIE.6GK5005-0BA00-1CA31 SCALANCE X005TS SIE PC120166210A2
OMR.CJ1W-ID2114 Programmable logic controllers (PLC), Modular PLC, CJ-Series digital I/O units OMR PC180001220A1;221A1;222A1;223A1
OMR.CJ1W-OC2113 Programmable logic controllers (PLC), Modular PLC, CJ-Series digital I/O units OMR PC260002230A1;231A1;232A1
OMR.CJ1W-TC1013 Programmable logic controllers (PLC), Modular PLC, CJ-Series analog I/O andcontrol units OMR PC180002240A1;241A1;242A1
OMR.CJ1W-DA08V3 Programmable logic controllers (PLC), Modular PLC, CJ-Series analog I/O andcontrol units OMR PC260008250A1;251A1;252A1
IFM.MN503S4 Magnetically coded sensor, DC, 2 x normally open IFM PC310204155BG1...155BG3;156BG1
ST310-22A1A4A8B1A6 ST310-22A1A4A8B1A E+H PC310221240BT1...240BT4;241BT1;241BT2
RIT.25002103 System Light LED, 900 Lumen, length 437 mm, 100-240 V, with earthing-pinsocket RIT PC22057975EA1...75EA3
RIT.32401006 SK TopTherm fan-and-filter unit, 180/160 m³/h, 230 V, 1~, 50/60 Hz RIT PC14001970EC1...70EC6
RIT.31100001 SK Enclosure internal thermostat, 24 V, 48 V, 60 V, 115 V, 230 V, 1~ RIT PC31009470ET1
SE.LV4328771 NSX630F - 4P - 250...630A - 36kA SE PC0600701F1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Page
Total page
1
+Main Panel
Summarized parts list : ABB.S403M-C32 - RIT.2500460
10 76 8 93
1.b
4
1.a
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Summarized part list
/112
Summarized parts list F02_001 - Dantech
DT Dantech ID
F02_001 - Dantech
Spare partDesignation Part numberQuantity Manufacturer
ABB.S403M-C321 S403M-C32 Miniature circuit breaker ABB PC0500842F1
ABB.S401M-C6NP2 S401M-C6NP Miniature circuit breaker ABB5F1;70F1
ABB.S403M-C161 S403M-C16 Miniature circuit breaker ABB15F1
SE.GV2ME081 Thermal Magnetic Motor Circuit Breaker TeSys GV2ME - 3P - 2.5...4 A SE15F2
SE.GVAE1115 TeSys GVAE11 - auxiliary contact - 1 NO + 1 NC SE
15F2;20F2;20F3;21F2;21F3;22F2;22F3;23F2;23F3;24F2;24F3
25F2;25F3;26F2;26F3
SE.EZC100 F 10kA 3P/3T 40A7 circuit breaker Easypact EZC100F - TMD SE20F1;21F1;22F1;23F1;24F1;25F1;26F1
SE.GV2ME2014 Thermal Magnetic Motor Circuit Breaker TeSys GV2ME - 3P - 13...18 A SE PC060012
20F2;20F3;21F2;21F3;22F2;22F3;23F2;23F3;24F2;24F3;25F2
25F3;26F2;26F3
ABB.S403M-C251 S403M-C25 Miniature circuit breaker ABB27F1
ABB.S403M-C104S403M-C10 Miniature circuit breaker ABB PC05008040F1;45F1;46F1;47F1
ABB.S401M-C10NP1 S401M-C10NP Miniature circuit breaker ABB PC05012465F1
SE.A9R71240S4 Acti9 iID 2P 40A 30mA AC type 230V Residual Current Circuit Breaker SE PC05011465F2;70F2;80F2;85F2
ABB.S401M-C16NP2 S401M-C16NP Miniature circuit breaker ABB PC05007780F1;85F1
MURR.9000-41190-00000001 Mico Pro Power module MURR PC2801625FH1
MURR.9000-41094-01010003 Mico Pro electronic circuit protection, 4 channels MURR PC2801636FH1;7FH1;8FH1
SE.RXM4AB1BD26 Miniature Plug-in relay - Zelio RXM 4 C/O 24 V DC 6 A SE PC300002
230K1...230K5;230K13...230K15;231K0...231K7;231K14
232K1...232K9
Werma_SIGNALTECHNIK 695.300.551 SIGNAL Lighting Werma PC000036130LG1
SE.LC1D32BD2 Contactor TeSys LC1-D - 3P - AC-3 440V 32 A, Coil 24 V DC SE PC100029145Q1;145Q2
SE.LC1D18BD4 Contactor TeSys LC1-D - 3P - AC-3 440V 18 A, Coil 24 V DC SE PC100012230Q6...230Q8;231Q13
RIT.25004606 Door-Operated Switch, Input voltage: 230 V AC, 24 V DC, - 240 V, 1~, 50 Hz/60Hz, RIT PC22058175S1-1;75S1-2;75S2-1;75S2-2;75S3-1;75S3-2
PC050081
PC050076
PC100006
PC050083
PC060197
PC060008
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Page
Total page
1.a
+Main Panel
Summarized parts list : ETN.M22-PV/KC02/IY - 131B0050
10 76 8 93
&Cable_Overview/1
4
1.b
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
28/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Summarized part list
/113
Summarized parts list F02_001 - Dantech
DT Dantech ID
F02_001 - Dantech
Spare partDesignation Part numberQuantity Manufacturer
ETN.M22-PV/KC02/IY6 Emergency-stop key-release mushroom, 2 N/C, surface mounting ETN PC350080150S1...150S4;151S1;151S2
IFM.E840161 Switched-mode power supply 24 V DC, 960 W power output, Primary switchedmode, Output current 40 A, regulated IFM PC2900235TB1
DAN.FC-280P18KT4E20H1BXCXXXSXXXXAX7 FC280, with brake IGBT,18.5 kW / 25 HP, IP20, 3x 380/480 VAC DAN PC19015720U1;21U2;22U1;23U1;24U1;25U1;26U1
DAN.FC-280P11KT4E20H1BXCXXXSXXXXAX1 FC280, with brake IGBT,11 kW / 15 HP, IP20, 3x 380/480 VAC DAN PC19015527U1
DAN.FC-280PK55T4E20H1BXCXXXSXXXXAX2 FC280, with brake IGBT,0.55 kW / 0.75 HP, IP20, 3x 380/480 VAC DAN PC19014640U1;47U1
131B00502 FC302, 4,0kW / 5,5HP, IP20, 3x 380-500 VAC DAN PC19016645U1;46U1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Page
Total page
&Summarized part list/1.b
+Main Panel
Cable overview : +Main Panel-8W1 - +Main Panel-27W1
10 76 8 93
1.a
4
1
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
20/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Cable_Overview
/114
F10_001 - Dantech
Cross-section [mm]Cable name Source (from)
Cable overview
Conductors usedTarget (to) Length [m]all conductorsCable typePlacement
-8W1Main Panel
Main Panel
7 1.5ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110+HMI Panel-1X1 7G
-15M1
-20U1-20F2-
&Electrical_Schematic/8.3
-15X1Main Panel
-8X1
4 2.5-15W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 4G&Electrical_Schematic/15.1
3 4-20W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-20F2-20F2- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/20.1
3 4-20W4 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-20F3-20F3- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/20.3
-21U2
-21F2
-21F3
-22U1
-22F2
-22M1
-22F3
-22M2
-23U1
-XPE13
-23F2
-23M1
-23F3
4 4-23W5 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-23M2-23F3- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/23.3
-24U1
-XPE14
-24M1
-24M2
-25U1
-XPE15-25F2Main Panel
-25F2
-25F3
3 4-24W4 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY 4G&Electrical_Schematic/24.3
-25M2
-26U1
-XPE16
-26F2
4 4-26W3 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-26M1-26F2- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/26.1
3 4-26W4 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY 4G&Electrical_Schematic/26.3
-27U1
-XPE17
-25M1
-26F3-26F3-Main Panel
-26M2
-24F3-24F3-Main Panel
-21M1
-21M2
-XPE12
-XPE1-20F2Main Panel
-20M1
-20M2
-XPE11
3 4-23W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-23F2- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/23.1
4 4-26W5 -26F3- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/26.3
-23F2-Main Panel
4 4-23W3 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-23F2- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/23.1
-24F2-Main Panel
4 4-24W3 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-24F2- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/24.1
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY
-24F2
-25F2-Main Panel
4 4-20W5 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-20F3- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/20.3
-21F2-Main Panel
4 4-21W5 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-21F3- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/21.3
-22F2-Main Panel
4 4-22W5 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-22F3- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/22.3
-26F2-Main Panel
4 4-20W3 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-20F2- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/20.1
-21F2Main Panel
4 4-25W5 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-25F3- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/25.3
3 4-21W4 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-21F3- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/21.3
-22F2Main Panel
-26F2Main Panel
3 4-26W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-26F2- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/26.1
3 4-22W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY 4G&Electrical_Schematic/22.1
3 4-24W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-24F2- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/24.1
4 4-24W5 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-24F3- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/24.3
3 4-25W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-25F2- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/25.1
3 4-21W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY 4G&Electrical_Schematic/21.1
3 4-22W4 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-22F3- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/22.3
-23F2Main Panel
3 4-23W4 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-23F3- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/23.3
-24F2Main Panel
-21F2-Main Panel
4 4-21W3 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-21F2- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/21.1
-22F2-Main Panel
4 4-22W3 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-22F2- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/22.1
4 4-25W3 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-25F2- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/25.1
3 4-25W4 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-25F3- 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/25.3
4 10-20W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY 4G&Electrical_Schematic/20.1
4 10-21W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY 4G&Electrical_Schematic/21.1
4 10-22W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY 4G&Electrical_Schematic/22.1
4 10-23W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY 4G&Electrical_Schematic/23.1
4 10-24W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY 4G&Electrical_Schematic/24.1
4 10-25W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY 4G&Electrical_Schematic/25.1
4 10-26W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY 4G&Electrical_Schematic/26.1
4 4-27W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-27X1 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/27.1
Page
Total page
1
+Main Panel
Cable overview : +Main Panel-27W2 - +Main Panel-151W2
10 76 8 93
1.b
4
1.a
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Cable_Overview
/115
F10_001 - Dantech
Cross-section [mm]Cable name Source (from)
Cable overview
Conductors usedTarget (to) Length [m]all conductorsCable typePlacement
-27M1
-40U1
-XPE2
-40M1-40X1Main Panel
-45U1
-XPE18
-45M1
-46U1
-XPE19
4-46W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-46M1-46X1Main Panel &Electrical_Schematic/46.1
-47U1
-XPE20
-47M1-47X1Main Panel
+Lighting Panel-1X1-65X1Main Panel
4 1,5-40W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY 4G&Electrical_Schematic/40.1
3 2.5-80W1 -80X1-*Door heater1 JB-80X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/80.1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110
-80E1-*Door heater1 JB-80X1Main Panel
3 2.5-80W3 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-80X1-*Door heater2 JB-80X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/80.2
3 2.5-80W4 -80E2-*Door heater2 JB-80X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/80.2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110
3-80W5 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-80X1-*Door heater3 JB-80X1Main Panel &Electrical_Schematic/80.4
3 2.5-80W6 -80E3-*Door heater3 JB-80X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/80.4
3 2.5-80W7 -80X1-*Door heater4 JB-80X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/80.6
-80E4-*Door heater4 JB-80X1Main Panel
3 2.5-85W1 -85X1-*Wallheater section1 JB-85X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/85.1
3 1.5-65W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 3G&Electrical_Schematic/65.0
1,54G
4-47W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY&Electrical_Schematic/47.1
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110
1,54G
3 2.5-80W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 3G&Electrical_Schematic/80.1
4 1,5-45W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-45X1 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/45.1
4 4-27W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-27X1 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/27.1
2.53G
3 2.5-80W8 3G&Electrical_Schematic/80.6
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110
3 2.5-85W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-85E1-*Wall heater section1 JB-85X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/85.1
3 2.5-85W3 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-85E2-*Wall heater section1 JB-85X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/85.2
3 2.5-85W4 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-85E3-*Wall heater section1 JB-85X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/85.3
3 2.5-85W5 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-85E4-*Wall heater section1 JB-85X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/85.4
3 2.5-85W6 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-85E5-*Wall heater section1 JB-85X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/85.5
-85E6
-85E7
3 2.5-85W9 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-85E8-*Wall heater section1 JB-85X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/85.8
3 1.5-110W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-110B1-110X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/110.1
-110B2
-110B4
3 1.5-110W5 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-110B5-110X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/110.7
3-111W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-111B1-110X1Main Panel &Electrical_Schematic/111.1
-112B1-111X1Main Panel
3 1.5-112W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-112B2-111X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/112.2
-115B1-115X1Main Panel
5 1-130W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-130LG1-130X1 7GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/130.0
4 0.75-150W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-150S1-150X1 4Main Panel &Electrical_Schematic/150.1
4 0.75-150W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-150S2-150X1 4Main Panel &Electrical_Schematic/150.3
4-150W3 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-150S3-150X1Main Panel &Electrical_Schematic/150.5
4-150W4 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-150S4-150X1Main Panel &Electrical_Schematic/150.7
4-151W1 -151S1-151X1Main Panel &Electrical_Schematic/151.1
-151S2-151X1Main Panel
3 2.5-85W7 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-*Wall heater section1 JB-85X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/85.6
3 2.5-85W8 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-*Wall heater section1 JB-85X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/85.7
3 1.5-110W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-110X1 3GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/110.2
3-110W4 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-110X1Main Panel &Electrical_Schematic/110.5 1.53G
3 1.5-112W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 3G&Electrical_Schematic/112.1
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110
1.53G
3 1.5-115W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 3G&Electrical_Schematic/115.1
0.754
4-151W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110&Electrical_Schematic/151.3
4 1,5-40W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-40X1 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/40.1
4 1,5-45W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-45X1 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/45.1
4 1,5-46W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-46X1 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/46.1
4 1,5-47W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-47X1 4GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/47.1
4
0.754
4
0.75
0.75
Page
Total page
1.a
+Main Panel
Cable overview : +Main Panel-155W1 - +Main Panel-241W3
10 76 8 93
+HMI Panel&Electrical_Schematic/1
4
1.b
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
gs.hong
Date
Appr
5/1/2021 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Cable_Overview
/116
F10_001 - Dantech
Cross-section [mm]Cable name Source (from)
Cable overview
Conductors usedTarget (to) Length [m]all conductorsCable typePlacement
-155BG1-155X1Main Panel
-155BG2-155X1Main Panel
-155BG3-155X1Main Panel
4-156W1 -156BG1-155X1 4Main Panel &Electrical_Schematic/156.1
-240BT1-*Temperature JB1-240X1Main Panel
17 0.5-240W2 -240X1-*Temperature JB1-240X1 25GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/240.1
4 0.34-240W3 -240BT2-*Temperature JB1-240X1 4Main Panel &Electrical_Schematic/240.3
4-155W2 PVC&Electrical_Schematic/155.4
4-155W1 PVC 4&Electrical_Schematic/155.1
4-155W3 PVC 4&Electrical_Schematic/155.6
4
4-240W1 4&Electrical_Schematic/240.1
4 0.34-240W4 -240BT3-*Temperature JB1-240X1 4Main Panel &Electrical_Schematic/240.5
4 0.34-240W5 -240BT4-*Temperature JB1-240X1 4Main Panel &Electrical_Schematic/240.7
4 0.34-241W1 -241BT1-*Temperature JB2-241X1 4Main Panel &Electrical_Schematic/241.1
4 0.34-241W2 -241BT2-*Temperature JB2-241X1 4Main Panel &Electrical_Schematic/241.3
0.34
PVC
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY
17 0.5-241W3 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY-241X1-*Temperature JB2-241X1 25GMain Panel &Electrical_Schematic/241.1
Page
Total page
+Main Panel&Cable_Overview/1.b
+HMI Panel
Main supply
10 76 8 93
205
4
1
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
20/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/117
FROM MAIN PANEL
24VDC
PE
-1X1 1 2 PE 3 4 5 6
.1
NC
.2
NC
-1S1
E stop at HMI
.2.1 /1.4
.2.1 /1.4
.1
NC
.2
NC
24V+ / 205.0
0V / 205.0
RH+
/+
M
ain Panel/8.3
RH-
/+
M
ain Panel/8.3
RH_PE
/+
M
ain Panel/8.4
HM
I ES CH1-1
/+
M
ain Panel/140.2
HM
I ES CH1-2
/+
M
ain Panel/140.2
HM
I ES CH2-1
/+
M
ain Panel/140.3
HM
I ES CH2-2
/+
M
ain Panel/140.3
Page
Total page
1
+HMI Panel
HMI
10 76 8 93
&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/1
4
205
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
20/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/118
0Vdc
-
-205A1
10.1" Wide HMI
24Vdc
+
PE
FG
PORT1ET
PE
24V+/1.9
0V/1.9
24V+ /
0V /
HMI_SWITCH_COMM / +Main Panel/210.7
Page
Total page
&Electrical_Schematic/205
+HMI Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +HMI Panel-1X1
10 76 8 93
&Summarized part list/1
4
1
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
20/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/119
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
1
+HMI Panel-1X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
1
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
1
PE
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
4
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
4
4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
4
5
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
4
6
1
1
2
2
GNYE
GNYE
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
6:25:24:23:2PE:22:21:2
+Main Panel-8X1
7G
1.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
+
M
ai
n 
Pa
ne
l-8
W
1
Page
Total page
&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/1
+HMI Panel
Summarized parts list : PFXGP4501TAD - ETN.M22-PV-K02
10 76 8 93
+Lighting Panel&Electrical_Schematic/1
4
1
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
20/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Summarized part list
/120
Summarized parts list F02_001 - Dantech
DT Dantech ID
F02_001 - Dantech
Spare partDesignation Part numberQuantity Manufacturer
PFXGP4501TAD1 10.1" Wide HMI Proface PC390036 Yes205A1
ETN.M22-PV-K021 Emergency-stop key-release mushroom, 2 N/C, complete device ETN PC3500791S1
Page
Total page
+HMI Panel&Summarized part list/1
+Lighting Panel
Lighting circuit
10 76 8 93
&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/1
4
1
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. ANDIT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Electrical_Schematic
/121
FROM MAIN PANEL
230VAC 50HZ
Alarm 90%
CTRL
+
24
V 0V
13 14 24 ON
Power
Alarm
23
Logic
internal system connection
bridging
contact
90%
Alarm
CTRL
ON
+24V
GND/0V
-1FH1
IN: 24 V DC / 40A
9000-41190-0000000
9000-41190-0000000
24...28 V DC
100...120 V AC
200...240 V AC
pri.
sec.
-1TB1
24VDC/40A
E84016
PSU-1AC/24VDC-40A
L N PE
+ + --
I
IN: 24 V DC
OUT: 24 V DC / 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10A
-1FH2
9000-41094-0101000
9000-41094-0101000
OUT1
90%
Alarm
CTRL
0V1
5
ON
1
CT
RL
1
Al
ar
m
1
90
%
1
OUT2 0V2 ON
2
CT
RL
2
Al
ar
m
2
90
%
2
OUT3 0V3 ON
3
CT
RL
3
Al
ar
m
3
90
%
3
OUT4 0V4 ON
4
ON/OFF
1
2
3
.
4
CT
RL
4
6
7
8
9
10
4 
A
I
ON/OFF
1
2
3
.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4 
A
Al
ar
m
4
90
%
4
8
9
10
4 
A
I
ON/OFF
1
2
3
.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4 
A
I
ON/OFF
1
2
3
.
4
5
6
7
Logic
internal system connection
bridging
contact
+24V
GND/0V
ON
Not more than 8pcs of lightings in a single circuit
-1X1 1 2
PE
PE
RED
2.5mm²
1X1.1
BLUE
2.5mm²
1X1.2
PE
PE
DBL
10 mm²
1FH1.24V
DBL
10 mm²
1FH1.0V
1
2
3/N
4/N
-1F1
10A
PLS6-C10/2
-1X2 24V1 0V1 24V2 0V2 24V3 0V3 24V4 0V4
-1C1
Lighting group 1
1 2
-1W1
3G1,5
1 2
1 2
1 2-1W2
3G1,5
-1C2
Lighting group 2
1 2
1 2-1W3
3G1,5
-1C3
Lighting group 3
1 2
1 2-1W4
3G1,5
-1C4
Lighting group 4
DBL
1.5mm²
1X2.24V1
DBL
1.5mm²
1X2.0V1
1.
0.
1
1F
1.
2
1F
1.
4
DBL
1.5mm²
1X2.24V2
DBL
1.5mm²
1X2.0V2
DBL
1.5mm²
1X2.24V3
DBL
1.5mm²
1X2.0V3
DBL
1.5mm²
1X2.24V4
DBL
1.5mm²
1X2.0V4
24V1 0V1 24V2 0V2 24V3 0V3 24V4 0V4
LGT_L
/+
M
ain Panel/65.1
LGT_N
/+
M
ain Panel/65.1
LGT_PE
/+
M
ain Panel/65.1
Page
Total page
&Electrical_Schematic/1
+Lighting Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Lighting Panel-1X1
10 76 8 93
2
4
1
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
20/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/122
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
1
+Lighting Panel-1X1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
0
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
0
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
0
1 2 PE
1
1
2
2
GNYE
GNYE
PE:22:21:2
+Main Panel-65X1
3G
1.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
+
M
ai
n 
Pa
ne
l-6
5W
1
Page
Total page
1
+Lighting Panel
Terminal-connection diagram +Lighting Panel-1X2
10 76 8 93
&Summarized part list/1
4
2
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
15/12/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Terminal_Connection_Diagram
/123
Strip name
PLC-Designation
Device connection point
Jumpers
Terminal number
F11_004 - DantechTerminal-connection diagram
Placement
11 1 1
+Lighting Panel-1X2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
5
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
5
24
V1
0V
1
0V
1
24
V2
24
V2
0V
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
6
0V
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
6
24
V3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
4
24
V1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
5
0V
2
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
6
1
24
V3
1
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
6
0V
3
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
7
1
24
V4
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
7
0V
4
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
8
24
V4
1
&E
le
ct
ric
al
_S
ch
em
at
ic/
1.
8
0V
4
2
2
2
-1C1
3G
1.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
W
1
Lighting group 1
2
2
2
-1C2
3G
1.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
W
2
Lighting group 2
2
2
2
-1C3
3G
1.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
W
3
Lighting group 3
2
2
2
-1C4
3G
1.
5 
m
m
ÖL
FL
EX
®
 C
LA
SS
IC
 1
10
-1
W
4
Lighting group 4
Page
Total page
&Terminal_Connection_Diagram/2
+Lighting Panel
Summarized parts list : ETN.PLS6-C10/2 - IFM.E84016
10 76 8 93
&Cable_Overview/1
4
1
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
18/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Summarized part list
/124
Summarized parts list F02_001 - Dantech
DT Dantech ID
F02_001 - Dantech
Spare partDesignation Part numberQuantity Manufacturer
Yes
Yes
Yes
ETN.PLS6-C10/21 Miniature circuit breaker (MCB), 10A, 2 p, type C characteristic, large packaging ETN PC0500971F1
MURR.9000-41190-00000001 Mico Pro Power module MURR PC2801621FH1
MURR.9000-41094-01010001 Mico Pro electronic circuit protection, 4 channels MURR PC2801631FH2
IFM.E840161 Switched-mode power supply 24 V DC, 960 W power output, Primary switchedmode, Output current 40 A, regulated IFM PC2900231TB1
Page
Total page
&Summarized part list/1
+Lighting Panel
Cable overview : +Lighting Panel-1W1 - +Lighting Panel-1W4
10 76 8 93 4
1
2 5
125
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS. AND IT IS NOT
TO BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN CONSENT OF DANTECH FREEZING SYSTEMS
Ed.
Original
ce.user2
Date
Appr
18/11/2020 Page Description :
Machine type Ultraflow Max
Job Number 20-1225 &Cable_Overview
/125
F10_001 - Dantech
Cross-section [mm]Cable name Source (from)
Cable overview
Conductors usedTarget (to) Length [m]all conductorsCable typePlacement
2 1.5-1W1 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-1C1-1X2 3GLighting Panel &Electrical_Schematic/1.3
2 1.5-1W2 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-1C2-1X2 3GLighting Panel &Electrical_Schematic/1.4
2 1.5-1W3 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-1C3-1X2 3GLighting Panel &Electrical_Schematic/1.6
2 1.5-1W4 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110-1C4-1X2 3GLighting Panel &Electrical_Schematic/1.7
 
15. Reference Documents 
See the attached reference documents. 
 
Testing report 
20-1225 
 
 
 
 1 / 5 
 
 
Testing report 
 
Project’s details: 
Project reference: 20-1225 
Client: Marfrig (Várzea Grande - 800 SB) 
 
Voltage: 3x380VAC + N + PE 
Frequency: 60Hz 
Power consumption 125KW 
Current consumption: 236A 
 
 
 
Equipment to be tested: 
Main control panel 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prepared and tested by: Approved by: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
05 Jan 2021 05 Jan 2021 
………………………………… …………………………………… 
( Low Yong Hern, Electrical Engineer ) ( Hong GuangShi, Electrical Department Manager) 
 
Testing report 
20-1225 
 
 
 
 2 / 5 
Check item Pass Failed Fixed N.A. 
1. VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION 
1.1 Drawings and labels match with the component 
1.2 General visual inspection 
1.3 Components and apparatus inspection 
1.4 Wiring and bus bars inspection 
1.5 Wiring colour code inspection 
1.6 Clearances and creepage distances inspection 
1.7 Grounding inspection 
1.8 Electrical joints inspection 
1.9 All exposed conductors are covered 
 
 
REMARKS: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Testing report 
20-1225 
 
 
 
 3 / 5 
2. INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST 
Nominal rating (V) Test voltage 
Limit (M 
ohms) Measured value 
 L1, L2, L3 380VAC 
L1 – L2 1000V 100 >11.0G Ohms 
L2 – L3 1000V 100 >11.0 G Ohms 
L3 – L1 1000V 100 >11.0 G Ohms 
(L1,L2,L3) - E 1000V 100 >11.0 G Ohms 
 
220 V L-E 
L - E 500V 25 >550 M Ohms 
 
 
 
REMARKS: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Testing report 
20-1225 
 
 
 
 4 / 5 
Check item Pass Failed Fixed N.A. 
3 FUNCTIONAL TEST 
3.1 Checking the auxiliary voltage transformer and 24VDC power 
supply unit 
3.2 Setting and testing thermal overload relay 
3.4 Checking the functionality of emergency stop circuit 
3.5 Checking rotation and thermostat setting of exhaust fans 
3.6 Checking proximity and temperature sensor 
3.7 Checking the functionality of tower Light 
3.8 Checking the functionality of PLC and HMI 
3.9 Checking the contactor/relay operation 
3.10 Checking the functionality of remote HMI panel 
3.11 Functional check and test run of Frequency Inverter 
3.12 Checking the functionality of distribution junction box 
3.13 Checking the functionality of humidity transmitter junction box 
 
REMARKS: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Testing report 
20-1225 
 
 
 
 5 / 5 
Check item Pass Failed Fixed N.A. 
4 FINAL ACTIONS 
4.1 Put all Breaker and Switches to off position 
4.2 Update electrical drawing 
4.3 Put all necessary documents into control panel 
4.4 Filling the test report 
 
REMARKS: 
 
 
 
 
 
EU – Konformitätserklärung / mitgeltende Richtlinien
EU– Declaration of Conformity / further applicable directives 
Seite/page 1 / 1
Stand/
version:
FB.09.29
Copyright Ó thermofin GmbH
Hiermit erklären wir / Herewith we
thermofin GmbH � Am Windrad 1 � DE - 08468 Heinsdorfergrund
in alleiniger Verantwortung, dass das gelieferte Modell declare under sole responsibility that the supplied model of
Verflüssiger / Condenser
Verdampfer / Evaporator
Luftkühler (Sole) / Air cooler
Rückkühler / Dry cooler
Wärmeübertragerblock / Heat exchanger coil
Isolier- und Penthousekühler / Insulated and Penthouse cooler
Kompaktgeräte / Compact units
Abweichungen vom Standard aller Modelle – all non-standard units
TAC.., TADW, TARC.., TC.., THAC.., THC.., TOC.., TRC.., 
TAD.., TAF.., T..NA, T..P, TAS, T..WN, TE.., TF.., TOF.., TODL, 
TOL.., TON, TOP, TAN, TAL
TG.. 
TD.., THD.., TMD.., TRD.., TSDH, TU.. 
TB.. 
TI.., TP.. 
TKUD 
X-..
Projektnummer / Project no.: Pos.:
allen grundlegenden Anforderungen folg. EU-Richtlinie entspricht: complies with all the general provisions of the following EC Directives:
- Druckgeräterichtlinie DGRL / Pressure equipment directive PED 2014/68/EU AD2000
Notifizierte Stelle / Notified body: TÜV SÜD Industrie Service GmbH CE 0036
Kategorie / Category I - Modul A Kategorie IV Modul G / Category IV – Modul G
Kategorie / Category II - Modul A2 TÜV Zertifikat Nr. / Certificate No. 
Mitgeltende Richtlinien / further applicable directives
Hiermit erklären wir, dass alle o. g. Geräte, soweit zutreffend, allen 
grundlegenden Anforderungen der folg. EG-Richtlinien entsprechen:
Herewith we declare that all models mentioned above, if applicable, 
comply with all the following provisions applying to it:
EMV – Richtlinie 2014/30/EU EMC – Directive 2014/30/EC
Hierfür wurden die folgenden harmonisierten Standards angewendet:
- Störaussendungen für Wohn-, Geschäfts- und Gewerbebereiche
sowie Kleinbetriebe, Störfestigkeit für Industriebereiche
EN 61000-6-3:2007+A1:2011, EN 61000-6-2:2005
For this purpose, the following harmonized standards were applied:
- Emission standard for residential, commercial and light- industrial
environments, immunity for industrial environments
EN 61000-6-3:2007+A1:2011, EN 61000-6-2:2005
Einbauerklärung für unvollständige Maschinen gemäß / Declaration of Incorporation according to 2006/42/EC
Maschinenrichtlinie 2006/42/EG*
Die Schutzziele der Niederspannungsrichtlinie 2014/35/EU wurden 
gemäß Anhang I, Nr. 1.5.1 der Maschinenrichtlinie eingehalten.
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC*
The protection objectives of the low voltage directive 2014/35/EC
were met according to annex I, No. 1.5.1 of the machinery directive.
* Erklärung zu den angewendeten und eingehaltenen Sicherheits-
und Gesundheitsschutzanforderungen einer unvollständigen
Maschine der Maschinenrichtlinie 2006/42/EG, Anhang I
Allgemeine Grundsätze Nr. 1.1.2, Nr. 1.1.3, Nr. 1.1.4, Nr. 1.1.5,
Nr. 1.2.1, Nr. 1.3, Nr. 1.4, Nr.1.5, Nr. 1.6, Nr. 1.7
* Declaration concerning partly completed machinery with respect to the
applied health and safety requirements of and in compliance with
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC, Annex I
General principles No. 1.1.2, No. 1.1.3, No. 1.1.4, No. 1.1.5,
No. 1.2.1, No. 1.3, No. 1.4, No.1.5, No. 1.6, No. 1.7
Hierfür wurden die folgenden harmonisierten Standards angewendet:
- Sicherheit von Maschinen - Allgemeine Gestaltungsleitsätze
EN ISO 12100:2010
- Elektrische Ausrüstung von Maschinen Teil 1 Allgemeine
Anforderungen
- Sicherheit von Maschinen - Sicherheitsabstände gegen das
Erreichen von Gefährdungsbereichen mit den Gliedmaßen
- Sicherheit von Maschinen - Mindestabstände zur Vermeidung des
Quetschens von Körperteilen 
- Kälteanlagen und Wärmepumpen - Sicherheitstechnische und
umwelt-relevante Anforderungen EN 378-2:2016
For this purpose, the following harmonized standards were applied:
- Safety of machinery - General principles for design
EN ISO 12100:2010
- Safety of machinery - Electrical equipment of machines - Part 1: General
requirements EN 60204-1:201
- Safety of machinery - Safety distances to prevent hazard zones being
reached by upper and lower limbs 
- Safety of machinery - Minimum gaps to avoid crushing of parts of the
human body 
- Refrigerating systems and heat pumps - Safety and environmental
requirements EN 378-2:2016
Die Erstellung der technischen Unterlagen ist nach der Maschinenrichtlinie 2006/42/EG, Anhang VII, Teil B erfolgt. / The compilation of the 
technical files is carried out according to Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC, Annex VII, Part B.
Auf begründetes Verlangen von staatlichen Stellen werden wir die speziellen Unterlagen zu der unvollständigen Maschine als Datei im pdf Format 
übermitteln. / On justified request the specific documentation concerning the partly completed machinery will be transmitted to the official 
authorities as a pdf-file.
Die Inbetriebnahme ist so lange untersagt, bis festgestellt wurde, dass die Maschine, in die die unvollständige Maschine eingebaut werden soll, den 
Bestimmungen der Maschinenrichtlinie 2006/42/EG entspricht. / The product must not be put into service until the machinery in which the product 
will be incorporated is declared to comply with the provisions of Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC.
Bevollmächtigte Person für technische Unterlagen Authorized person for compiling the technical files
Bernd Löffler thermofin GmbH � Am Windrad 1 � DE - 08468 Heinsdorfergrund 
Heinsdorfergrund,
Ort und Datum der Ausstellung /Place and date of issue Bernd Löffler, Geschäftsführer / Managing director
✔
25/01/2021
50025441 010
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual- © thermofin GmbH 
 
 
 
Installation instructions 
heat exchanger coils 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 2 of 28 
1. Preliminary notes ................................................................................................... 3 
1.1 Fundamentals ............................................................................................................................... 3 
1.2 Range of application ....................................................................................................................3 
1.3 Standards and directives ............................................................................................................... 4 
2. Technical data ......................................................................................................... 5 
2.1 Design data ................................................................................................................................... 5 
2.2 Application and intended use ....................................................................................................... 5 
2.3 Material data ................................................................................................................................ 5 
2.4 Unit key ........................................................................................................................................ 6 
2.5 Data on the type plate ................................................................................................................... 6 
3. Safety ....................................................................................................................... 7 
3.1 General safety instructions ........................................................................................................... 7 
3.2 Safety instructions on the installation site .................................................................................... 7 
3.3 Safety instructions on the unit ...................................................................................................... 8 
3.4 Safety instructions on the operating supplies ............................................................................... 9 
3.4.1 Refrigerants of the group A1, fluid group 2.............................................................................. 9 
3.4.2 Ammonia (NH3) ........................................................................................................................ 9 
3.4.3 Carbon dioxide (CO2) ............................................................................................................. 10 
3.4.4 Ethylene glycol ....................................................................................................................... 12 
3.4.5 Water ....................................................................................................................................... 12 
4. Transport, storage, positioning, installation ...................................................... 13 
4.1 General ....................................................................................................................................... 13 
4.2 Transport .................................................................................................................................... 13 
4.2.1 Packing .................................................................................................................................... 14 
4.3 Storage ....................................................................................................................................... 14 
4.4 Lifting and positioning ............................................................................................................... 15 
4.5 Installation .................................................................................................................................. 16 
4.6 Pipe connection .......................................................................................................................... 17 
4.6.1 Defrost water outlet ................................................................................................................. 18 
5. Fans and electric system ...................................................................................... 19 
5.1 Connection and installation ........................................................................................................ 19 
5.2 Fans with EC motors .................................................................................................................. 20 
5.3 Fans with external rotor motors ................................................................................................. 20 
5.4 Fans with standard motors or ATEX motors ............................................................................. 20 
5.5 Electrical switching and control mechanisms ............................................................................ 21 
5.5.1 Hinweise zu Drehzahlregelungen ........................................................................................... 21 
6. Commissioning, normal operation, maintenance, shutdown, disposal ........... 22 
6.1 Commissioning .......................................................................................................................... 22 
6.1.1 Return to service after a longer period of standstill ................................................................ 22 
6.2 Normal operation ....................................................................................................................... 22 
6.2.1 Defrosting................................................................................................................................ 23 
6.2.2 Recommendations for the positioning of the defrost sensor ................................................... 23 
6.2.3 Further information on defrosting ........................................................................................... 23 
6.3 Maintenance ............................................................................................................................... 24 
6.3.1 Cleaning of the fins ................................................................................................................. 24 
6.4 Spare parts .................................................................................................................................. 25 
6.5 Shutdown ................................................................................................................................... 25 
6.6 Disposal ...................................................................................................................................... 25 
7. Inspection- and maintenance plan (recommendation) ..................................... 26 
8. Troubleshooting .................................................................................................... 27 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 3 of 28 
1. Preliminary notes 
The purpose of assembly and operating manuals is to prevent dangers to persons and to the 
environment, which may be caused by a machine and by the work performed in connection with 
the unit, particularly during transport, assembly, commissioning and operation of the unit. 
 
Therefore, all points of this manual must be carefully read and observed. 
 
Warranty claims shall be excluded in case of errors and damages resulting from the fact 
that prescriptions of this operating manual have not been observed or in case of complaints 
resulting from the replacement of parts with non-original parts as well as from 
reconstructions or adjustments or modifications of the operating parameters or the 
functionality of the unit which have not been authorised explicitly by the manufacturer. 
1.1 Fundamentals 
The present assembly and operating manual refers to units of the following type series: 
 
 (TB)-A, -B, -C, -H, -N, -S: exact designation according to data sheet 
 
 - with or without defrosting unit. 
 
The corresponding technical data can be seen from the current catalogue, the unit data sheet and 
the type plate. 
 
1.2 Range of application 
thermofin® heat exchanger coils are designed and manufactured according to customers‘ 
requirements and are intendedfor the installation into heat exchanger systems on site. The design 
and the different materials are specified for the respective case of application. The application 
limits of pressure and temperature must be respected. 
 
Condensers in refrigeration and air conditioning systems are used to allow for the emission of the 
liquefaction heat into the ambient air. 
 
thermofin® condensers with copper piping are by default suitable for the use with refrigerants of 
the group A1 according to DIN EN 378-1 ed. 2008. 
 
thermofin® condensers with stainless steel piping are suitable for the use with refrigerants of all 
groups. 
 
Dry coolers in cooling circuits are intended for dissipating the heat to the environment. Typical 
fields of application are refrigeration, air conditioning and process technologies for the cooling of 
condensing refrigerants and cooling circuits in technological lines or technical building 
equipment. 
 
thermofin® dry coolers with cooper or stainless steel piping are suited for use with water (caution: 
risk of frost!) or water/glycol mixtures and brines as refrigerants. The use of thermal oils is 
possible as well. 
 
The following apply to all units: 
 
The indicated maximum pressure must neither be exceeded during operation nor during 
transport or storage or standstill! 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 4 of 28 
1.3 Standards and directives 
 
The manufacturer certifies the compliance with the standards according to the order-related 
declaration of incorporation and/or declaration of conformity included in the documents of the 
devices. 
Furthermore, both the installation company and the operating company of the system should be 
familiar with the contents of the following standards, regulations and instructions: 
 
 EU directive 97 / 23 / EC for pressure equipment (Pressure Equipment Directive) with 14th 
ProdSV on the Product Safety Act (ProdSG) of 1 December 2011 
 EU directive 2006 / 42 / EC for machinery (Machinery Directive) ) with 9th ProdSV on the 
Product Safety Act (ProdSG) of 1 December 2011 
 EU directive 2004 / 108 / EC (EMC directive) 
 EU directive 2006 / 95 / EC (low voltage directive) 
 EN 378; parts 1 to 4; "Refrigeration systems and heat pumps, safety and environmental 
requirements"; state: June 2008 
 BGR 500 "Operation of Work Equipment"; chapt. 2.35: "Operation of refrigeration 
systems, heat pumps and cooling equipment"; applicable in the Federal Republic of 
Germany 
 VDMA (German Federation of Machinery and Plant Construction) norm 24243 (08/2005) 
“Refrigerating machines and plants, tightness of refrigeration systems and heat pumps, 
leak detection and leak test” 
 The present operating manual “thermofin® heat exchanger coils“ 
 The labels attached to the unit, which contain instructions and information of the 
manufacturer 
 Included order-related wiring diagram 
 Wiring diagram for motor connection inside of the terminal boxes of the motors 
 
The operator is obliged to observe – in addition to the regulations stated in this operating manual – 
all possible local particularities and / or applicable regulations 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 5 of 28 
2. Technical data 
2.1 Design data 
 
A heat exchanger is a part of a refrigeration or cooling circuit in which a circulating medium give 
heat to or receives heat from the surrounding area. 
 
The design data of the unit are shown in the respective order documents and/or the unit data sheet. 
It can also be requested from factory by indicating the project or serial number (see type plate). 
 
 
 
2.2 Application and intended use 
 
The unit as incomplete machine according to Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC is intended for the 
installation in cooling systems. Despite meeting the requirements of intended use and handling the 
unit properly, residual risks cannot be completely prevented. 
In principle, the unit is suitable for external installation. 
The unit may only be used in places where the materials applied are not affected by the 
surrounding atmosphere or the medium flowing inside. 
Any case of application differing from the one described above requires consultation with the 
manufacturer. 
The manufacturer does not assume liability for any damages resulting from the non-compliance 
with these provisions. 
 
The unit may not be put into operation until the conformity of the complete system has 
been declared! 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.3 Material data 
 
Tubes: made of copper or stainless steel, hard soldered or welded 
 
Fins: made of AlMg, aluminium with or without coating, steel, stainless steel or copper 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 6 of 28 
2.4 Unit key 
 
 
2.5 Data on the type plate 
 
 model description according to the unit 
key (see 2.4 unit key) 
 article number of the manufacturer 
 project or serial number 
 month / year of manufacture 
 tube volume of the coil 
 test overpressure PT 
 empty weight of the coil 
 unit number 
 maximum working pressure PS 
 allowed temperature range of the medium 
TS 
 pressure test medium of the coil 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 7 of 28 
3. Safety 
3.1 General safety instructions 
 
The unit is state-of-the-art and reliable in operation. The unit may only be used in accordance with 
the specifications in the catalogue and the data given on the type plate. The unit may only be 
installed, commissioned and maintained by competent personnel. For installing the system, the 
installation conditions according to standard DIN EN 378 shall be observed. Furthermore, the 
applicable national rules and regulations, such as the water resources law, accident prevention 
regulations etc. are to be complied with. The company installing the system has to ensure the 
observance of all pressure and temperature limit values given on the type plate. 
 
Compliance with the instructions of this operating manual does not release the plant 
operator from the obligation to install an appropriate warning system indicating each kind 
of malfunction immediately. In addition, emergency measures must be planned and 
prepared in order to prevent consequential damages in case of malfunctions. 
 
 
 
 
3.2 Safety instructions on the installation site 
 
The erection and installation conditions according to DIN EN 378 are to be observed. 
Pipes and fittings must be protected against misuse. Emergency facilities, such as lighting, 
venting, escape routes and the marking of which according to DIN EN 378 must be 
provided. 
 
The unit must be lockable in case of leakage. Devices which are used for the discharge of 
released refrigerants must be operable from a safe location. 
 
Refrigerant detectors and alarm systems which warn of hazardous concentrations have to 
comply with the assembly conditions of the DIN EN 378-3, chapt. 7 and 8. 
 
No smoking at the installation site. Open fire is prohibited. 
The fire extinguishing equipment must meet the requirements of DIN EN 378-3. 
 
There must be sufficient free space around the unit in order to prevent dangers to the unit 
and its connections and to ensure smooth execution of maintenance and repair work on the 
unit as well as on all fittings and components. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 8 of 28 
3.3 Safety instructions on the unit 
 
Before performing installation, repair and maintenance works, the power supply must be 
interrupted at all circuits. An unauthorized and / or unintentional (automatic) restart must 
be prevented. Zero potential must be checked and - if applicable - ensured by the means of 
earthing or short circuiting. Adjacent energized parts need to be covered. 
 
Do not touch the fin edges – risk of cuts! 
 
Beware of hot gas and hot brine lines and electrical heating elements - risk of burns! 
 
Any unauthorized reconstructions or modifications affecting the functions or the safety of 
the unit are prohibited! 
 
Any external forces acting on the equipment are to be avoided. In particular, equipment 
connections and manifolds may not be stressed (e.g. do not step on them). 
 
Never use connectors, metal sheets and attachments (fans) for lifting. 
 
Before performing welding and soldering work, the unit must be depressurized! 
During the performance of welding and soldering work, the cooling medium residues are 
exposed to high temperatures. In the process, highly toxic decomposition products like 
hydrogen chloride, hydrogen fluoride, or phosgene are developing. 
 
In the event that refrigerants escape, use your personal protective equipment. Avoid any 
contact with the refrigerant; liquid refrigerants cause severe frostbite. In case of eye 
contact, seek medical advice immediately! 
 
Ethylene glycol is combustible! When in vaporous or gaseous state, it is potentially 
explosive at higher temperatures. 
 
Wear personnel protective equipment in case of escaping glycol. Prevent any contact with 
glycol. In case of eye contact, seek medical advice immediately! 
 
 If the temperature difference between the ambient temperature and the medium inlet 
temperature exceeds 70K, the max. permitted temperature slew rate must be observed: 
 
Start temperature Temperature increase max. 
T_ambient < +10°C 1.5 K/min 
T_ambient ≥ +10°C 3.0 K/min 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 9 of 28 
3.4 Safety instructions on the operating supplies 
3.4.1 Refrigerants of the group A1, fluid group 2 
 
The used refrigerants R134a, R404A, R507, R407C … are so-called safety refrigerants of the 
group A1 according to classification of DIN EN 378, which are neither combustible nor toxic. 
However, refrigerants of the group A1 are generally heavier than air and thus they may reach 
lower spaces. At ground level, the concentration may increase in quiescent air. In case of high 
concentrations, there is a risk of suffocation due to the reduced oxygen percentage in the 
breathable air. 
 
Avoid the contact of the refrigerant with open flames or hot surfaces. Be careful 
when executing soldering and welding works! 
 
 
An escaping of the operating materials must be prevented. Refrigerants contain 
solved compressor oil which shall not reach the soil! 
 
 
During troubleshooting, prevent eye and skin contact as well as contact with 
clothes. Use your personal protective equipment. 
 
 
Compressor oil circulating and remaining in the tube system is combustible! 
 
 
Further detailed information on use, application and first aid as well as resulting measures are 
included in the safety data sheet. 
 
3.4.2 Ammonia (NH3) 
 
The utilized refrigerant ammonia (NH3) corresponds to the fluid group 1 according to DGRL 
(Pressure Equipment Directive) 97 / 23 EC or B2 according to DIN EN 378-1: 2008 and requires 
particular safety measures. 
NH3 is a toxic, pungent smelling gas. A health risk, though, only arises well above the odour 
threshold (warning effect of NH3). Although NH3 is inflammable as well as explosive, the danger 
of fire and explosion is relatively low due to the high ignition temperature, the narrow flammable 
range and the high affinity to humidity. 
 
NH3 causes agitation, dizziness, vomitus and cramps; with strong concentrations it also 
causes suffocation and pulmonary oedemas. 
 
NH3 has perilous to lethal effects from a concentration of 0.2 vol. %. 
 
NH3 has a strongly corrosive effect, especially on eyes and mucous membranes. 
If NH3 reaches the eyes, those effects cannot be stopped  disorientation. 
Inhaled NH3 causes an interruption of the respiratory airflow  panic. 
 
NH3-fluid on the skin causes frostbite and chemical burns. 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 10 of 28 
NH3 is very toxic to aquatic organisms and may under no circumstances enter drainage 
systems! 
 
In case of leakages on the unit, it has to be locked and the emergency stop switch has to be 
pressed, provided that this is possible without causing dangers. During the elimination 
of the malfunction, attention has to be paid to residual NH3 under boiling retardation. 
 
NH3-gas may not enter into neighbouring rooms, corridors or staircases. 
 
Repair work is to be carried out on completely emptied plant components or segments 
only. Ensure proper ventilation. In case of works or sojourns in areas with high 
concentrations, use a respirator which is working independently of the ambient air! 
 
The exposure to NH3 requires the strict observation of the regulations and standards with regard to 
occupational safety. Particularly, measures according to the own safety have to be taken. This 
includes the wearing of safety equipment for the body according to the situation: 
 
 
safety gloves 
 
eye protection 
 
respiratory protection (independent of ambient air) 
 
personal protective equipment 
 
 
Further and more detailed information and direction for use and first aid as well as provisions 
resulting therefrom are to be found in the corresponding safety data sheet. 
 
 
3.4.3 Carbon dioxide (CO2) 
 
The used refrigerant carbon dioxide (CO2) corresponds to the fluid group 2 according to DGRL 
(Pressure Equipment Directive) 97 / 23 EC and/or A1 according to DIN EN 378-1: 2008, requires 
special safety measures. 
CO2 is a nontoxic, colour and odourless gas. These characteristics may prevent the detection of 
leakages. CO2 is neither combustible nor explosive, but from a concentration of approx. 4% and 
longer inhalation, it already provokes unconsciousness. From a breathing air concentration of 8%, 
difficulty in breathing, dizziness, racing heart and further symptoms are possible. 
 
CO2 is a nontoxic, colour and odourless gas. These characteristics may prevent the 
detection of leakages! 
 
CO2, from a concentration of approx. 4% provokes difficulty in breathing! 
 
CO2 displaces oxygen! 
 
 
 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 11 of 28 
Skin contact with liquefied CO2 leads to frostbites! 
 
In case of leakages on the unit, it shall be locked and the emergency stop switch shall be 
pressed, provided that this is possible without causing dangers. Block the area! During 
the elimination of the malfunction, attention shall be paid to a dangerous CO2 
concentration in the ambient air. Ensure a good ventilation of the rooms, use a respirator 
which is working independently of the ambient air or ensure that the concentration of the 
ambient air is harmless. 
 
In case of escaping CO2 outdoor, remain on the windward side, block the area. Try to stop 
the gas escape. 
 
In case of an outlet of liquid CO2, a strong electrostatic loadis possible! 
 
CO2 – gas is heavier than air and shall not reach deeper rooms, floors or staircases or the 
sewerage system. 
 
Repair works may only be effected on completely drained system parts or sections. Ensure 
a good ventilation. 
 
The handling of CO2 requires a strict compliance with the instructions and standards concerning 
work safety, especially the measures for personal safety shall be taken. This includes wearing of 
personal body protection according to situation: 
 
 
safety gloves 
 
eye protection 
 
respiratory protection (independent of ambient air) 
 
personal protective equipment 
 
 
Further and more detailed information and directions for use and first aid as well as provisions 
resulting therefrom are to be found in the corresponding safety data sheet. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 12 of 28 
3.4.4 Ethylene glycol 
 
Ethylene glycol is a colourless, slightly viscous, slightly volatile and hygroscopic liquid that can 
be mixed with water. It has a sweetish smell and taste. 
Ethylene glycol vapours are heavier than air and thus they may reach lower spaces. At ground 
level, the concentration may increase in quiescent air. In case of high concentrations, there is a 
risk of suffocation due to the reduced oxygen percentage in the breathable air. 
 
The operating supplies must be prevented from escaping. 
 
Ethylene glycol is combustible! When in vaporous or gaseous state, it is potentially 
explosive at higher temperatures! 
 
After skin contact, ethylene glycol causes a slight irritation with the risk of skin 
resorption. Eye contact causes mucous membrane irritations. After being 
swallowed, the substance produces states of agitation with disorders of the central 
nervous system as well as fatigue, loss of consciousness, coordination disorders and 
kidney damage. 
 
Keep ethylene glycol away from ignition sources, do not smoke! 
Avoid the contact of ethylene glycol with open flames or hot surfaces. Be careful 
when executing soldering and welding works! 
 
During troubleshooting, avoid eye and skin contact as well as contact with clothes. 
Use your personal protective equipment. Take off soiled or soaked clothes 
immediately! 
 
Further and more detailed information and direction for use and first aid as well as provisions 
resulting therefrom are to be found in the corresponding safety data sheet. 
 
 
3.4.5 Water 
 
The used operating fluid - water - is characterised by a very good specific heat emission as well as 
high cost-saving availability. Following instructions have to be observed when operating with 
water: 
 
The operating fluids must be prevented from escaping. 
 
Cooling water is no drinking water! 
 
Cooling water may contain toxic or harmful additives (anti-corrosive agents) as well as 
residues or fractions of motor oil and may not contaminate soil or the sewage system. 
 
During repair works avoid eye and skin contact as well as contact with clothes. Risk of 
irritations. Risk of scalding from coolant temperatures of 60°C and more. Release 
overpressure before opening the circuit. 
 
 
 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 13 of 28 
4. Transport, storage, positioning, installation 
4.1 General 
 
The unit may only be installed, integrated in a refrigeration system, operated, maintained and 
repaired by qualified personnel of specialist companies according to the definitions of expertise 
from DIN EN 378. 
During production and before delivery, each unit is subjected to comprehensive quality 
testing. The unit is provided in good order and condition. With delivery and before 
assembly, the unit must be checked for damages (damages in transit). 
 
 
4.2 Transport 
 
During transport, the unit must be handled with special care. In particular, always place the 
unit very carefully on the ground! 
 
If indications on transport or storage are attached to the unit or the packaging, they must be 
absolutely observed! 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuous mechanical loads due to bumps and potholes on the roadway can cause 
damages in transit. 
 
 Transportations by ship can cause damages in transit due to vibrations. 
 
In case of critical transport routes (countries with bad streets or seaway) the mounting parts 
which could be set into vibration, especially fans, collectors, foot stands, must be 
disassembled and secured separately. 
 
Units must be firmly fixed on the transport vehicle and protected against vibrations, 
punches and slipping! 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 14 of 28 
4.2.1 Packing 
 
Decisive factors for packing are the route of transport, the size of the equipment and the 
regulations applicable in the country of importation. 
 
If not otherwise expressly agreed, the delivery is effected ex works in standard transport 
packaging at the discretion of thermofin®. According to contractual agreement, design and 
packaging are sufficient for the transport to the contractual agreed place of transfer of risk. 
 
The purchaser is responsible for a possible further transport and the respective packaging. 
 
In case of a packaging by external companies ordered by the purchaser or the customer, 
thermofin® cannot give any warranty for the design of the packaging and possible resulting 
transport damages. A safe design of the packaging should be agreed with thermofin®. 
 
The pallets, crates and export boxes used for thermofin® units meet the requirements of the HPE 
and VDM standards (HPE – German Federal Association for Wooden Packages, Pallets and 
Export Packaging; VDM – Association of the German Furniture Industries). If required, they can 
be tailored to the standards of ISPM 15. 
 
thermofin® transport packages are made of environmental friendly materials and they are suitable 
for recycling. 
 
According to the German regulation on packaging, we are prepared to take back our packages if 
they are returned to us, delivered free to our location in Heinsdorfergrund. 
 
Usually, thermofin® units are provided completely assembled, with the exception of the vibration 
dampers which are always delivered as loose parts (together with the unit). In the event that a unit 
is delivered disassembled – due to transportation or other reasons – it must be assembled on site 
according to the order-specific drawings enclosed. 
 
Loading on road vehicles is performed in accordance with the VDI guideline 2700 "Securing of 
loads on road vehicles". 
 
In case of groupage traffic and reloading, the responsibility lies with the forwarder. 
 
4.3 Storage 
 
If the units must be stored, the following points must be observed: 
 
Store the units on a proper, dry place protected against environmental influences! Protect 
the fans against rain and condensation humidity (cold-warm)! 
 
 
Store the units in an uprising, torsion-free and deflection-free manner! 
 
 
Do not open the junctions; maintain the delivery pressure of the unit! 
 
 
 Do not stack more than two units! Respect the suitable packing size! 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 15 of 28 
4.4 Lifting and positioning 
 
When positioning the equipment, the lifting instructions attached to the device must be observed. 
Furthermore, the appropriate lifting accessories must be used. The sheet metal components ofthe 
housings may not be deformed by the belts. If it is not possible to ensure sufficient rope length 
(angle to the perpendicular of max. 30°, see drawing), a traverse must be used. The lifting 
accessories may only be attached to the suspension points intended for this purpose. 
 
 
 Never use pipes or attachment parts for lifting! 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The factory-provided transport weight (empty weight of 
the unit + transport packaging) can be found on the 
corresponding label 
fixed to the transport packaging. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In case of using floor-borne vehicles a sufficient length of the forks must be ensured. 
Please pay attention to the position of the centre of gravity as well as to the signs! 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If the equipment or the packages are provided with further instruction labels for transport 
and storage, these labels must be respected! 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 16 of 28 
4.5 Installation 
 
The suitability and the load bearing capacity of the foundations, brackets, machine frames etc. 
 – provided by the customer – are not the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer. 
It must be ensured that the unit rests evenly on all contact points. It must be fixed on the 
supporting structure by using appropriate fasteners. For the bearing capacity of the construction on 
site as well as the dimensioning of the used screws, threaded rods or similar, the filling weight as 
well as a possible ice accumulation must be observed additionally to the net weight and the 
number of suspension points given on the type plate. 
 
Formula for the calculation of the suspension load: 
 
F max = 
(unit empty weight + filling weight + additional weight) 
x safety coefficient 
Number of suspensions 
 
The heat exchanger must be fixed in such a manner that it is not damaged or affected in its 
function due to environmental hazards (production processes, transports, other technical 
installations in proximity, etc.). Switches and blocking devices must be protected against 
unauthorised use. 
 
After installation and before commissioning, all packaging parts as well as means for transport 
protection must be removed. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 17 of 28 
4.6 Pipe connection 
 
Soldered or welded units or units closed with counter flanges are delivered with an 
overpressure of approx. 1 bar (cleaned and dried air) (according to the regulation for the 
transportation of hazardous material ADR 1.1.3.2 c). 
 
Before removing the closing caps or the counter flanges, it must be verified that the 
overpressure is present. A depressurized device indicates a leakage (Damage in transit! 
Leak test!). 
 
In case of depressurized units, the manufacturer must be consulted immediately. 
Before assembly, the transport pressure must be released and the closing caps must be 
removed. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pipe connections must be designed in such a way that any force, stress and vibration 
effects on the unit are prevented. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In access lines, a fixed point must be provided at a distance of max. 500mm from the unit 
connection. 
 
Inlet and outlet according to the marking. 
 
 
Refrigerant distributors must be arranged vertically. 
Distributor capillaries must not be shortened. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 18 of 28 
4.6.1 Defrost water outlet 
 
Depending on the type of the unit, the design of the defrost water outlet can vary. 
 
Screwed outlet nozzles must only be tightened manually, do not use pliers! 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ensure a sufficient slope (min. 5%) in freezer rooms, provide trace heating. Do not use 
siphons inside of freezer rooms. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 19 of 28 
5. Fans and electric system 
5.1 Connection and installation 
 
The electrical connection of the fans and/or the electrical accessories, if existent, must be 
performed in accordance with the applicable national regulations and the provisions of the 
local energy supply company! 
 
The electrical installation may only be carried out by qualified personnel. 
The local regulations must be observed. 
 
A suitable all-pole separator, which is not included in thermofin®‘s scope of supply, must 
be integrated in the installation. 
In order to prevent an unintended start, the deactivation system must be possible to protect 
it in deenergised (deactivated) condition! 
 
Wiring may only be performed in accordance with the circuit and wiring diagrams 
provided. 
 
The existing strain-relief devices must always be used. 
 
The direction of rotation of the fans must be observed! 
 
The thermal motor protection is either already integrated in the electrical feed line of the 
fans or shall be integrated in the electrical control system by the company installing the 
system (see wiring diagram of the fans). It must be ensured that motors with released 
thermal protector cannot be activated before the winding is cooled down. Otherwise, the 
warranty claim expires! 
 
Observe the information given on the type plate! The capacity and the power consumption 
of the fans directly depends on the ambient temperature (air density) and can be, in case of 
cold temperatures, above the information given on the type plate. 
 
With the installation it must be observed that humidity can condensate in cold rooms and 
that dripping water can be formed in the sockets! If the fans are provided with condensate 
water holes, respectively the lower ones shall be opened! A non-compliance leads to the 
expiration of warranty claims! 
 
In circumstances, in order to prevent an entrance of condensation, fans in cold 
environment should be hold on temperature during standstill using a standstill heater. 
Thermal motor protection required! 
 
In case of humidity entry due to spraying, sprinkling or jet water, a standstill heater is 
necessary. A thermal motor protection is obligatory! 
 
An icing of the impellers and fan nozzles must be prevented! Ice residues on impellers 
lead to imbalances and damages to the fan! A noncompliance leads to the expiration of 
warranty claims! 
 
For all works on fans and motors as well as cleaning works between the fans and the heat 
exchanger coil (inspection cover), the power supply must be deactivated and protected 
against restart! 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 20 of 28 
 
After finishing repair and maintenance works, ensure that no objects remain in fan 
proximity since they can cause errors and damages to the fan or heat exchanger after 
restart. After disassembling the fans and their reinstallation, the free running must be 
checked. 
 
In case of longer down times of the system, e.g. storage, the fans must be operated for 
approx. 3 to 4 hours per month in order to evaporate condensations and to move the 
bearings. 
 
For the installation of the unit or subsequent installations assure compliance with the 
degree of protection. In particularthe sealing of the cable glands and terminal covers 
must be checked for intactness and correct fitting. 
 
For further information on the connection of fans, controllers, standstill heaters and thermal motor 
protection systems, please refer to customer information FB.02.07 provided in the download area 
of our website or which we can send to you upon request. 
 
5.2 Fans with EC motors 
 
In some circumstances, EC fans remain energised in deactivated condition on power-side 
and are switched on control side. 
 
Depending on the used fan type, the control can be effected via different BUS-systems, 0-
10V-signal or 4-20mA. Order-specific documents as well as the provided fan 
documentation and/or wiring and connection plan, must be observed. 
 
5.3 Fans with external rotor motors 
 
All serial units delivered by thermofin®, are equipped with maintenance-free, energy-saving fans 
of renowned manufacturers. However, fans should be checked regularly according to maintenance 
plan (point 7) for function, bearing noises, free running and imbalances. Furthermore, terminal 
covers must be checked for tight fitting and sealing. Since the bearings are ex-works maintenance 
free and lubricated for lifetime, an individual check is not required. In case of longer down times 
of the system, e.g. storage, the fans must be operated for approx. 3 to 4 hours per month in 
order to evaporate condensation and to move the bearings. 
 
5.4 Fans with standard motors or ATEX motors 
 
Maintenance measures and maintenance intervals must be effected according to the information of 
the motor manufacturer. If there is no information of the motor manufacturer, proceed according 
to inspection and maintenance plan (chapter 7). Lower closed condensate holes should be opened 
minimum twice per year. Depending on application, the bearings and/or the bearing lubricant have 
a limited lifetime and must be checked and replaced according to maintenance plan (chapter 7). In 
case of a bearing replacement, also the shaft seals (Stefa rings) must be replaced. Impellers must 
be regularly checked for imbalance, tight fitting, soiling and corrosion. 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 21 of 28 
In case of longer down times of the system, e.g. storage, the fans must be operated for 
approx. 3 to 4 hours per month in order to evaporate condensation and to move the 
bearings. 
 
 
All components that were removed, loosened or disassembled for cleaning or inspection 
purposes must be properly reinstalled after work completion. They must also be checked 
for correct functioning! 
 
Further preventive measures are in the discretion of the system operator or the company installing 
the system. 
5.5 Electrical switching and control mechanisms 
 
thermofin® offers different variant options with maintenance switch or motor protection switch, 
phase angle control or frequency regulators as well as combinations thereof – on demand, fully 
pre-wired. Here, a function test should be performed at regular intervals. The cables and 
components must be subjected to a visual inspection; the terminals must be checked for tight 
fitting. In addition, it must be checked whether the set parameters are still in line with the system 
configuration. 
 
All components that were removed, loosened or disassembled for cleaning or inspection 
purposes must be properly reinstalled after work completion. They must also be checked 
for correct functioning! 
 
 
5.5.1 Hinweise zu Drehzahlregelungen 
 
In case of regulating the fans with frequency converter, the use of an all-pole sinus filter 
between converter and fans is mandatory! In case of non-observance the warranty expires! 
 
In case of a phase angle regulation, electromagnetic motor noises (buzzing) are possible in 
the lower speed range. In sensitive environments, a sound filter should be added. 
 
For dimensioning of the phase angle regulation, a possible control-related current increase 
should be taken into consideration. In case of doubt, the manufacturer should be contacted. 
 
Pressure and temperature sensors must be properly installed and connected. Tightness and 
a good heat transfer must be ensured. Shield signal cables and lay them separately from the 
load cables! 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 22 of 28 
6. Commissioning, normal operation, maintenance, shutdown, 
disposal 
6.1 Commissioning 
 
Before starting operation, the system’s readiness for operation must be verified according to the 
following points: 
 
1. Has the unit been properly installed and fixed in accordance with the instructions of the 
present manual? 
2. Have all fluid-carrying lines been connected and checked for tightness? Are the shut-off 
devices open? 
3. Is the flow direction correct? 
4. Are all cables properly installed and completely connected? Has cabling been done 
according to the wiring diagrams provided? 
5. Has the electrical protective installation been checked for proper functioning? 
6. Have all bolted connections (e.g. fans, cable entries), fastenings, electrical connections etc. 
been checked for tight fit? 
7. Are all terminal boxes and cable entries firmly closed and tight? 
8. Do the fans rotate freely and in the right direction? 
 
During start of operation the following measures shall be taken: 
 
1. Check the switch point settings of the safety equipment. 
 
6.1.1 Return to service after a longer period of standstill 
 
If the unit is intended to be put into operation again after being shut down and standing still for a 
longer period of time, the following points must checked in addition to those mentioned under 
“6.1 Commissioning”: 
 
1. Visual inspection of the heat exchanger coil, check for fouling and damages 
2. Leak test of the heat exchanger coil 
3. Visual inspection and functional test of the fans; check for free running, check the terminal 
boxes for tightness, check for corrosion and noise (bearings) 
4. Check all pipe connections (including pipe clips), electrical components, housings and 
attachment parts for tight fit 
6.2 Normal operation 
 
In case of operating conditions which differ from those stated in the quotation, the manufacturer 
must be consulted. 
 
1. Check and, if necessary, adjust the direction of rotation of the fans. 
2. Measure the current consumption of the fans and check for compliance with the type plate 
data. 
3. Adjust the electrical switching and control devices and check for correct functioning (see 
the specific operating instructions of the respective control device). 
For running the unit, the entire plant including the electrical system must be operating. 
The unit is integrated in the cooling circuit by opening the corresponding shut-off valves. 
It is turned on by activating the electrical system. 
After reaching the system-specific operating point the unit is ready for operation. 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 23 of 28 
6.2.1 Defrosting 
 
In order to durably ensure the efficiency and the operational safety of the heat exchanger, it must 
be defrosted timely and regularly. The defrost process is started automatically via defined 
intervals or as required. The finalisation of the defrosting must be doubly secured 
(time/temperature or temperature/temperature). Usual defrost procedures are circulating air, hot 
gas or electro defrosting. For economic reasons, defrost procedures without electric heating rods 
shall be preferred. Please observe the following instructions for aproper defrosting: 
 
 Start the drfrost process timely. 
 Take measures against pressure exceedance (Pump down…). 
 The defrosting process must be effected completely, this means after finalisation of the 
defrost process ice and frost must be completely defrosted. The selection of the defrost 
end temperature and the position of the defrost sensor are of vital importance. 
 Between end of defrosting and restart, the cooling and ventilation, a dripping time of 3 
to 5 minutes is recommended. During this time, the water must be dripped completely 
and drained off. 
 After beginning of the cooling phase, the connection of the fan shall be delayed by 
approx. 3 minutes. The defrost heat is received by the heat exchanger coil and is not 
blown through the room as warm and humid air or water drops through the fans. 
 
Risk of burns on heating rods and hot gas lines! 
 
 
6.2.2 Recommendations for the positioning of the defrost sensor 
 
Circulation air defrosting: In case of operating the units in rooms with positive temperatures ≥ 
+5°C, de defrosting with circulation air is sufficient in many cases. 
 
 Recommended sensor positioning: lower area of the finned coil on the air outlet side. 
 
Hot gas defrosting: A sufficient amount of hot gas must be available in order to effect the defrost 
process efficiently and completely. 
 
 Recommended sensor positioning: in the finned coil on the hot gas outlet area on the air inlet 
side. 
 
Electric defrosting: Take safety measures against overheating of the units in interior (temperature 
limiter) and against pressure exceedance (pump down switching) according to the prescriptions of 
DIN EN 378 as well as EN 60519-2 and VDE 0721. An operation without temperature safety 
circuit is not permitted! 
 
 Recommended sensor positioning: In the upper area or on the position of the finned coil, the 
furthest from the next heating rod on the air inlet side. 
 
6.2.3 Further information on defrosting 
 
In rooms with temperatures below the freezing point, defrost water outlets and tubes must be 
heated in order to prevent a freezing of the condensate inside of the tube. For the same reason, the 
room must not be equipped with siphons. 
Always use provided defrost closing means (dampers...). 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 24 of 28 
6.3 Maintenance 
 
The manufacturer recommends performing particular maintenance works at regular intervals. 
The type and frequency of the measures strongly depend on the respective installation site of the 
heat exchanger. 
 
6.3.1 Cleaning of the fins 
 
Depending on the installation site, mode of operation and the season, the heat exchanger fins are 
subject to fouling (varying degree). As this directly affects the performance and thus the current 
consumption of the unit, the cleanliness of the finned coil must always be ensured. 
 
Dry cleaning: with a broom or a soft brush from the outside towards the fins or from the inside 
towards the outside by using compressed air – opposite to the direction of the air flow of the fans. 
 
 
Switch off the unit (regarding refrigeration and electricity)! 
 
 
Wet cleaning: with a water jet from the inside towards 
the outside and opposite to the direction of the air flow 
of the fans; and from top to bottom. The jet of the 
cleaning device must be vertical to the heat exchanger 
coil (max. deviation ±5°), in order to prevent fin 
deformations. 
 
 
Switch off the unit (regarding refrigeration 
and electricity)! 
 
 
 Use of high pressure and steam pressure 
 washers up to 80bar max. 
 
 
 Electrical components may not be exposed to the water jet! 
 
 
When using cleaning agents, the compatibility of materials must be ensured. Never use 
aggressive or corrosive cleaning agents! In case of doubt, consult the manufacturer. 
Application rules of the manufacturer with regard to handling and use, especially dosage, 
reaction time and after-treatment, must be strictly respected. 
 
 
Mechanical cleaning with hard objects, such as steel brushes or screwdrivers may destroy 
the heat exchanger, therefore it is not permitted. 
 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 25 of 28 
6.4 Spare parts 
 
After-sales services shall be performed by the responsible specialist company. Spare parts are 
stated in the spare parts list enclosed in the annex or in the specified drawing. They can also be 
requested from the manufacturer by indicating the device name and the project number on the type 
plate. 
Only use original spare parts for the replacement of equipment components. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.5 Shutdown 
 
The units are part of a cooling system. Unit shutdown and return to service must meet the system-
dependent requirements as well as the requirements of the operating manual of the equipment 
manufacturer and of the applicable standards and accident prevention regulations (see also chapter 
”Applied standards and directives“). The shutdown is effected by closing the fluid-bearing tubes 
and by switching off the electrical system. 
 
The following applies for all units: Exceeding the maximum pressure must be prevented! 
 
 
 
 
6.6 Disposal 
 
Empty the system properly in a technically correct manner; properly dispose of the 
working fluid. No emissions in the environment! 
 
 Oil residuals must not reach the ground and must be disposed of with the special waste. 
 
 Bring the emptied unit to recycling. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 26 of 28 
7. Inspection- and maintenance plan (recommendation) 
 
Depending on type, installation and environmental conditions, the heat exchangers are subject to 
different signs of wear and contamination during operation. In order to ensure an excellent 
operation and a maximum operational reliability, periodical maintenance measures must be 
executed. Maintenance and repair measures as well as recurring inspections should comply with 
the valid standards and statutory provisions, e.g. EN 378, 842/2006/EC, VDMA 24243, 
2006/42/EC, 97/23/EC and/or local factory standards or regulations applicable at installation site. 
The following table can serve as recommendation. 
inspection point main topic interval actions 
 
 
 
general visual inspection general condition monthly initiate corresponding 
 corrosion maintenance measures 
 pollution 
 
heat exchanger coil pollution quarterly cleaning 
 tightness repair leakage if necessary 
 
 
piping connections tight fit quarterly ensure tight fitting, repair leakage 
 tightness* if necessary 
 deformations determine the cause, contact 
 manufacturer if necessary 
connections and fixations tight fit quarterly ensure tight fitting, repair leakage 
 tightness if necessary 
 deformations determine the cause, contact 
 manufacturer if necessary 
shut-off-devices, valves, operation quarterly replace damaged parts 
security modules accessibility ensure accessibility 
 
 
fans, motors, function quarterly remove obstacles 
impellers free running and pollutions 
 noises replace bearing if possible 
 pollution replace damaged fans 
 closed condensate 
holes 
half-yearly open and drain condensate 
 
switching devices function 
accessibility 
quarterly replace bearing if possible 
ensure accessibility 
junction boxes, strain reliefs, tight fit quarterly replace damaged parts 
cable fittings tightness retighten loosenedscrew 
 operation connections 
 
safety equipment and devices operation yearly replace damaged parts 
emergency signals 
alarm systems 
 
pressure relief equipment tightness yearly replace damaged parts 
 visual inspection 
 
 
 
 
 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 27 of 28 
8. Troubleshooting 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
incident cause action 
drop of cooling capacity, 
condensation temperature too 
high 
condensation pressure too high 
fins soiled clean the coil 
fan out of work 
check power supply 
measure power consumption 
check appropriating terminal box 
check thermostat relay 
vibrations fan out of balance 
check impellers for damages, possibly exchange 
fan 
noises 
impellers and motors do not rotate 
freely 
remove any existing obstacle 
bearing damage on motor replace fan 
leakage 
damaged and leaking core tube locate and repair core tube, possibly giving up 
leaking bend or connector repair or exchange the part 
 
thermofin GmbH, Am Windrad 1, 08468 Heinsdorfergrund Phone: +49 (0)3765-3800-0 
heat exchanger coils, status: 2015-01-20 –english translation of the original manual page 28 of 28 
Contact 
 
 
 
Address: thermofin GmbH 
Am Windrad 1 
08468 Heinsdorfergrund 
Germany 
 
 
Phone: +49 3765 3800-0 
Fax: +49 3765 3800-8038 
E-mail: info@thermofin.de 
Internet: www.thermofin.de 
 
 
 
 
10 Catalog – DRE-GM 01/2010
2 General notes on the product description
Product Description
2 Product Description
2.1 General notes on the product description
Ambient tempera-
ture
Gear units and gearmotors from SEW-EURODRIVE can be operated in a wide ambient
temperature range. The following standard temperature ranges are permitted for filling
the gear units according to the lubricant table:
The rated data of the gear units and gearmotors specified in the catalog/price catalog
refer to an ambient temperature of +25 °C.
Gear units and gearmotors from SEW-EURODRIVE can be operated outside the stan-
dard temperature range if project planning is adapted to ambient temperatures from as
low as up to -40 °C in the intensive cooling range until up to +60 °C. Project planning
must take special operating conditions into account and adapt the drive to the ambient
conditions by selecting suitable lubricants and seals. This kind of project planning is gen-
erally recommended for increased ambient temperatures as of size 97 and for helical-
worm gear units with small gear ratios. SEW-EURODRIVE will gladly perform this proj-
ect planning for you.
If the drive is to be operated on a frequency inverter, you must also consider the project
planning notes of the inverter and take into account the thermal effects of inverter oper-
ation.
Installation 
altitude
Due to the low air density at high installation altitudes, heat dissipation on the surface of
motors and gear units decreases. The rated data listed in the catalog/price catalog ap-
plies to an installation altitude of maximum 1000 m above sea level. Installation altitudes
of more than 1000 m asl must be taken into account for project planning of gear units
and gearmotors.
Power and torque The power and torque ratings listed in the catalogs refer to mounting position M1 and
similar mounting positions in which the input stage is not completely submerged in oil.
In addition, the gearmotors are assumed to be standard versions with standard lubrica-
tion and under normal ambient conditions.
Please note that the motor power shown in the selection tables for gearmotors is subject
to selection. However, the output torque and the desired output speed are essential for
the application and need to be checked.
Speeds The quoted output speeds of the gearmotors are recommended values. You can calcu-
late the rated output speed based on the rated motor speed and the gear unit ratio.
Please note that the actual output speed depends on the motor load and the supply sys-
tem conditions.
Noise The noise levels of all SEW-EURODRIVE gear units, motors and gearmotors are well
within the maximum permitted noise levels set forth in the VDI guideline 2159 for gear
units and IEC/EN 60034 for motors.
Gear unit Filled with Permitted standard temperature range
Helical, parallel-shaft helical and 
helical-bevel gear units CLP(CC) VG220 -10 °C ... +40 °C
Helical-worm gear unit CLP(CC) VG680 0 °C ... +40 °C
Spiroplan® gear units CLP(SEW-PG) VG460 -10 °C ... +40 °C
Catalog – DRE-GM 01/2010 11
2General notes on the product description
Product Description
2
Coating Gear units, motors and gearmotors from SEW-EURODRIVE are painted with "SEW
blue" as standard. Special paints are available on request.
Exception: Spiroplan® W..10 DT56 gearmotors have an aluminum housing and are
supplied unpainted as standard.
Surface and 
corrosion 
protection
If required, all gear units, motors and gearmotors from SEW-EURODRIVE can also be
supplied with special surface protection for applications in extremely humid and chemi-
cally aggressive environments.
Weights Please note that all weights shown in the catalogs exclude the oil fill for the gear units
and gearmotors. The weights vary according to gear unit type and gear unit size. The
lubricant fill depends on the mounting position which means no universally applicable
information can be given. Please refer to "Lubricants" in the "Design and Operating
Notes" section for recommended lubricant fill quantities depending on the mounting po-
sition. For the exact weight, refer to the order confirmation.
Air admission 
and accessibility
The gearmotors/brakemotors must be mounted on the driven machine in such a way
that both axially and radially there is enough space left for unimpeded air flow, for main-
tenance work on the brake and, if required, for the MOVIMOT® inverter. Please also re-
fer to the notes on the motor dimension sheets in the AC Motor Catalog.
Multi-stage gear 
units
You can achieve particularly low output speeds by using multi-stage gear units or multi-
stage gearmotors. Such a setup requires a helical gear unit or gearmotor on the input
end as a second gear unit.
It may be necessary to limit the motor power to match the maximum permitted output
torque of the gear unit.
Reduced back-
lash gear units
Helical, parallel-shaft helical and helical-bevel gear units with reduced backlash are
available from gear unit size 37 and up. The circumferential backlash of these gear units
is considerably less than that of the standard versions so that positioning tasks can be
solved with great precision. The circumferential backlash is specified in angular minutes
[’] in the technical data. The circumferential backlash for the output shaft is specified
without load (max. 1% of the rated output torque); the gear unit input end is blocked. For
further information, refer to section "Reduced backlash gear units" on page 94.
NOCO® Fluid 
paste for 
protection 
against contact 
corrosion
As standard, all shaft-mounted gear units and gearmotors are supplied with NOCO®
Fluid, a paste that prevents contact corrosion. Use this paste in accordance with the in-
structions in the gear unit operating instructions. It facilitates service and stripping down
jobs.
NOCO® fluid is a food grade substance according to NSF-H1. You can tell that NOCO®
Fluid is a food grade oil by the NSF-H1 identification label on its packaging.
RM gear units, 
RM gearmotors
RM gear units and RM gearmotors are a special type of helical gear units with an ex-
tended output bearing hub. They were designed especially for agitating applications can
be used in applications subject to high overhung and axial loads. The remaining data
correspond to the standard helical gear units and helical gearmotors. You can find spe-
cial project planning notes for RM gearmotors in the "Project Planningfor Gear Units/RM
gear units" section.
12 Catalog – DRE-GM 01/2010
2 General notes on the product description
Product Description
Spiroplan® right-
angle gearmotors
Spiroplan® right-angle gearmotors are robust, single- and two-stage right-angle gear-
motors with Spiroplan® gearing. The difference to the helical-worm gear units is the ma-
terial combination of the steel-on-steel gearing, the special tooth meshing relationships
and the aluminum housing. As a result, Spiroplan® right-angle gearmotors are wear-
free, very quiet and light.
The particularly short design and the aluminum housing make for very compact and
lightweight drive solutions.
After the running-in period, some sizes of the Spiroplan® right-angle gearmotor series
are below the following sound pressure level in 4-pole motor operation on a 50 Hz sup-
ply system:
• Spiroplan® W..10 to W..30: 55 dB(A)
The sound-pressure level may be 3 to 5 dB(A) higher at time of delivery than after hours
of regular operation.
The wear-free gearing and the life-long lubrication facilitate long periods of mainte-
nance-free operation. The oil filling being independent of the mounting position, except
for Spiroplan® W..37 and W..47 in mounting position M4 makes any position possible
for Spiroplan® right-angle gearmotors without altering the quantity of oil. Identical hole
spacing in the foot and face, as well as the equal shaft height to both, provides you with
diverse mounting options.
Two different flange diameters are available. On request, Spiroplan® right-angle gear-
motors can be equipped with a torque arm.
Brakemotors On request, motors and gearmotors can be supplied with an integrated mechanical
brake. The SEW-EURODRIVE brake is an electromagnetic disk brake with a DC coil
that releases electrically and brakes using spring force. Due to its operating principle,
the brake is applied if the power fails. It meets the basic safety requirements. The brake
can also be released mechanically if equipped with manual brake release. For this pur-
pose, the brake is supplied with either a hand lever with automatic reset or an adjustable
setscrew. The brake is controlled by a brake controller that is either installed in the motor
wiring space or the control cabinet.
A characteristic feature of the brakes is their very short design. The brake bearing end
shield is an integral part of both the motor and the brake. The integrated construction of
the SEW-EURODRIVE brakemotor permits particularly compact and sturdy solutions.
International 
markets
SEW-EURODRIVE supplies motors with CSA certification meeting the connection re-
quirements to CSA und NEMA guidelines. UL listed motors are available when request-
ed.
We deliver UL listed MOVIMOT® drives with connection requirements according to
NEMA guidelines.
For the Japanese market, SEW-EURODRIVE offers motors conforming to JIS standard.
Contact your sales representative to assist you in such cases.
Catalog – DRE-GM 01/2010 13
2General notes on the product description
Product Description
2
Components on 
the input side
The following components on the input side are available for the gear units from 
SEW-EURODRIVE:
• Input covers with input shaft extension, optionally with
– Centering shoulder
– Backstop
– Motor mounting platform
• Adapter
– for mounting IEC or NEMA motors with the option of a backstop
– for mounting servomotors with a square flange
– with torque limiting safety couplings and speed or slip monitor 
– with hydraulic centrifugal coupling, also with disk brake or backstop
Swing base A swing base is a drive unit consisting of helical-bevel gear unit, hydraulic centrifugal
coupling and electric motor. The complete arrangement is mounted to a rigid mounting
rail.
Motor swings are available with the following optional accessories:
• Torque arm
• Mechanical thermal monitoring unit
• Contactless thermal monitoring unit
14 Catalog – DRE-GM 01/2010
2 Corrosion and surface protection
Product Description
2.2 Corrosion and surface protection
General 
information
SEW-EURODRIVE offers various optional protective measures for operation of motors
and gear units in excessive conditions.
• Corrosion protection KS for motors
• Industry option package
Corrosion 
protection KS
Corrosion protection KS for motors comprises the following measures:
• Stainless steel retaining screws.
• The nameplates are made from stainless steel or equivalent corrosion resistant ma-
terial.
• Interior motor components are protected with a corrosion resistant coating.
• Additional sealing for brake motors.
Industry Option 
Package
SEW-EURODRIVE provides options that provide protecton to the motor and reducer
when operating in severe environments.
Contact SEW-EURODRIVE for additional information on available IOP’s (Industry Op-
tion Packages).
Motors with a forced cooling fan and motors with a spreadshaft encoder (ES..) cannot
be supplied with corrosion protection KS.
Catalog – DRE-GM 01/2010 15
2Corrosion and surface protection
Product Description
2
Surface
protection OS
Instead of the standard surface protection, the motors and gear units are available with
surface protection OS1 to OS4 as an option. The special procedure Z can also be per-
formed in addition. The special procedure Z means that large surface recesses are
sprayed with a rubber filling prior to painting.
Special 
protective 
measures
NOCO® fluid As standard, SEW-EURODRIVE supplies NOCO® fluid corrosion protection and
lubricant with every hollow shaft gear unit. Use NOCO® fluid when installing hollow shaft
gear units. Using this fluid helps prevent contact corrosion and makes it easier to
assemble the drive at a later date.
NOCO® fluid is also suitable for protecting machined metal surfaces that do not have
corrosion protection, including parts of shaft ends or flanges. You can also order larger
quantities of NOCO® fluid from SEW-EURODRIVE.
NOCO® fluid is food grade according to NSF certified H1.
Surface protection Suitable for
OSG Primer only
Standard Normal ambient conditions
OS1 Low environmental impact
OS2 Medium environmental impact
OS3 High environmental impact
OS4 Very high environmental impact
Measure Protection principle Suitable for
FKM oil seal High quality material Drives subject to chemicals
PTFE oil seal High quality material Drives subject to chemicals
Stainless steel output shaft Surface protection through high-quality material
Particularly exacting applications in 
terms of exterior surface protection
16 Catalog – DRE-GM 01/2010
2 Extended storage
Product Description
2.3 Extended storage
Type You can also order the gear units prepared for "extended storage". SEW-EURODRIVE
recommends the "extended storage" type for storage periods longer than 9 months.
In this case, a VCI (volatile corrosion inhibitor) is added to the lubricant in these gear
units. Please note that this VCI corrosion inhibitor is only effective in a temperature
range of -25 °C...+50 °C. The flange contact surfaces and shaft ends are also treated
with an anti-corrosion agent. If not specified otherwise in your order, the gear unit will be
supplied with OS1 surface protection. You can order OS2, OS3 or OS4 instead of OS1.
Storage 
conditions
For extended storage, observe the storage conditions specified in the following table:
The gear units must remain tightly sealed until taken into operation to prevent the VCI
corrosion protection agent from evaporating.
Gear units will be supplied with an oil fill according to the mounting position (M1 ... M6)
and are ready for operation. Check the oil level before you start operating the gear unit
for the first time!
Climate zone Packaging1) Storage location2) Storage duration
Temperature (Europe, 
USA, Canada, China 
and Russia, excluding 
tropical zones)
Packed in containers, with 
desiccant and moisture 
indicator sealed in the 
plastic wrap.
With roof, protected against rain and 
snow, no shock loads
Up to three years with regular checks 
to the packaging and moisture indica-
tor (rel. humidity< 50%).
open
Under roof, enclosed at constant tem-
perature and atmospheric humidity 
(5°C < ϑ < 60°C, < 50% relative atmo-
spheric humidity). No sudden tempera-
ture fluctuations and controlled 
ventilation with filter (free of dust and 
dirt). No aggressive vapors and no 
shocks.
Two years or more given regular 
inspections. During inspection, check 
for cleanliness and mechanical dam-
ages. Check corrosion protection.
Tropical (Asia, Africa, 
Central and South 
America, Australia, New 
Zealand excluding tem-
perate zones)
Packed in containers, with 
desiccant and moisture 
indicator sealed in the 
plastic wrap. Protected 
against insect damage 
and mold through chemi-
cal treatment.
Under roof, protected against rain, no 
shock loads.
Up to three years with regular checks 
of the packaging and moisture indica-
tor (rel. humidity < 50%).
open
Under roof, enclosed at constant tem-
perature and atmospheric humidity 
(5°C < ϑ < 50°C, < 50% relative atmo-
spheric humidity). No sudden tempera-
ture fluctuations and controlled 
ventilation with filter (free of dust and 
dirt). No aggressive vapors and no 
shock loads. Protection against insect 
damage.
Two years or more given regular 
inspections. During inspection, check 
for cleanliness and mechanical dam-
ages. Check corrosion protection.
1) Packaging must be performed by an experienced company using the packaging materials that have been expressly specified for the
particular application.
2) SEW-EURODRIVE recommends to store the gear units according to the mounting position.
Catalog – DRE-GM 01/2010 17
2Condition monitoring: Oil aging and vibration sensor
Product Description
2
2.4 Condition monitoring: Oil aging and vibration sensor
DUO10A diagnostics unit (Oil aging sensor)
Gear unit diagnos-
tics via thermal 
analysis
The DUO10A diagnostic unit allows for diagnostic analysis as a means of preventive
maintenance. The DUO10A diagnostic unit determines the individual, remaining service
life of the oil based on the known service life curves and the oil temperature. The diag-
nostic unit consists of a temperature sensor and the actual evaluation unit. The remain-
ing service life and the temperature of the oil can be read off via the display at the eval-
uation unit. The diagnostic unit is characterized by simple operation and user-friendly
handling.
DUV10A diagnostics unit (vibration sensor)
Roller bearing 
diagnostics by 
means of vibration 
analysis
The DUV10A diagnostic unit monitors roller bearings, gearings for imbalance, and pos-
sible damages. Vibration analysis is used to detect possible damages at an early stage.
This device allows for permanent vibration monitoring. The condition and development
of the damage can be directly read on the device, or can be visualized externally using
switch outputs.
8 Technical dataLubricants
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W148
8.2 Lubricants
Unless a special arrangement is made, SEW‑EURODRIVE supplies the drives with a
lubricant fill adapted for the specific gear unit and mounting position. The mounting po-
sition (M1 – M6, see chapter "Mounting positions (→ 2 110)") must be specified in the
order. You must adapt the lubricant fill in case of any subsequent changes made to
the mounting position, see chapter "Lubricant fill quantities (→ 2 151)".
8.2.1 Bearing greases
The gear unit rolling bearings are given a factory-fill with the greases listed below.
SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends re-greasing the rolling bearings with a grease filling
at the same time as changing the oil.
Ambient temperature Manufactur-
er
Type
Gear unit rolling
bearings
-40 °C to +80 °C Fuchs Renolit CX-TOM 151)
-40 °C to +80 °C Klüber Petamo GHY 133 N
-40 °C to +40 °C Castrol Castrol Optileb GR
FS 2
OilOil
-20 °C to +40 °C Fuchs Plantogel 2S
1) Bearing grease based on semi-synthetic base oil.
INFORMATION
The following grease quantities are required:
• For fast-running bearings (gear unit input side): Fill the cavities between the
rolling elements one-third full with grease.
• For slow-running bearings (gear unit output end): Fill the cavities between the
rolling elements two-thirds full with grease.
 
 
21
93
27
86
/E
N
 –
 0
5/
20
15
 
8Technical dataLubricants
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 149
8.2.2 Lubricant table
The lubricant table on the following page shows the permitted lubricants for
SEW‑EURODRIVE gear units.
Key to lubricant table
CLP PG = Polyglycol (W gear units, conforms to USDA-H1)
CLP HC = Synthetic hydrocarbons
E = Ester oil (water hazard class 1 (German regulation – "WKG")
HCE = Synthetic hydrocarbons + ester oil (USDA - H1 certification)
HLP = Hydraulic oil
= Synthetic lubricant (= synthetic roller bearing grease)
1) Helical-worm gear units with PG oil: please consult SEW-EURODRIVE
2) Special lubricant for SPIROPLAN® gear units only
3) Use SEW fB ≥ 1.2
4) Pay attention to critical starting behavior at low temperatures.
5) Low-viscosity grease
6 Ambient temperature
7) Bold
Lubricant for the food industry (food grade oil)
OilOil
Biodegradable oil (lubricant for agriculture, forestry, and fisheries)
 
 
21
93
27
86
/E
N
 –
 0
5/
20
15
 
8 Technical dataLubricants
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W150
Lubricant table
0 0
O
il
O
il
V
G
 2
2
0
B
P
 E
n
e
r
g
o
l
G
R
-
X
P
 2
2
0
V
G
 2
2
0
B
P
 E
n
e
r
s
y
n
S
G
-
X
P
 2
2
0
V
G
 2
2
0
V
G
 1
5
0
V
G
 1
5
0
V
G
 1
5
0
S
A
E
 7
5
W
9
0
(
~
V
G
 1
0
0
)
B
P
 E
n
e
r
g
o
l
G
R
-
X
P
 1
5
0
V
G
 3
2
V
G
 3
2
V
G
 3
2
V
G
 6
8
V
G
 6
8
0
B
P
 E
n
e
r
g
o
l
G
R
-
X
P
 6
8
0
V
G
 6
8
0
B
P
 E
n
e
r
s
y
n
S
G
-
X
P
 6
8
0
B
P
 E
n
e
r
s
y
n
S
G
-
X
P
 2
2
0
V
G
 4
6
0
V
G
 4
6
0
V
G
 4
6
0
V
G
 1
5
0
B
P
 E
n
e
r
g
o
l
G
R
-
X
P
 1
5
0
V
G
 2
2
0
V
G
 3
2
V
G
 4
6
0
 
 
V
G
 4
6
0
 
 
V
G
 4
6
0
V
G
 4
6
0
V
G
 6
8
V
G
 2
2
0
V
G
 2
2
0
V
G
 2
2
0
V
G
 2
2
0
N
L
G
I 
0
0
 
N
L
G
I 
1
0
+
1
0
0
+
5
0 +
4
0 +
6
0
+
4
0
+
4
0 +
6
0
-2
0
-2
0
-2
0
-2
0
-1
0
6
)
4
)
4
)
4
)
4
)
3
)
V
G
 4
6
0
 
 
V
G
 4
6
0
 
 
5
)
2
)
1
)
1
)
4
)
-2
0
-2
0
+
1
0
+
1
0
+
4
0
+
2
0
+
2
0
-2
0
-2
0
0 0
0
-2
0
-2
0
+
6
0
-2
0
+
6
0
-2
0
-2
0
+
 0
-1
5
-5
0
S
ta
n
d
a
rd
+
6
0
-2
0
+
6
0
-2
0
D
IN
 (
IS
O
)
IS
O
,N
L
G
I
C
L
P
 (
C
C
)
C
L
P
 P
G
C
L
P
 P
G
H
1
 P
G
C
L
P
 (
C
C
)
C
L
P
 (
C
C
)
C
L
P
 H
C
C
L
P
 H
C
C
L
P
 (
C
C
)
C
L
P
 (
C
C
)
D
IN
5
1
 8
1
8
D
IN
5
1
 8
1
8
C
L
P
 P
G
01 751 09 04
C
L
P
 H
C
C
L
P
 H
C
C
L
P
 H
C
C
L
P
 H
C
C
L
P
 H
C
C
L
P
 P
G
C
L
P
 P
G
C
L
P
 H
C
S
E
W
P
G
 
A
P
I 
G
L
5
H
1
 P
G
EC
L
P
H
C
N
S
F
 H
1
R
e
n
o
li
n
C
L
P
 2
2
0
R
e
n
o
li
n
P
G
 2
2
0
O
p
t
ig
e
a
r
 B
M
 2
2
0
O
p
t
ig
e
a
r
B
M
 6
8
0
O
p
t
if
le
x
A
 6
8
0
O
p
ti
g
e
a
r
S
y
n
th
e
ti
c
 X
 4
6
0
O
p
ti
g
e
a
r
S
y
n
th
e
ti
c
 X
 1
5
0
O
p
t
ig
e
a
r
B
M
 1
0
0
O
p
t
ig
e
a
r
B
M
 1
5
0
O
p
t
if
le
x
 A
 2
2
0
O
p
t
if
le
x
 A
 2
2
0
O
p
t
il
ie
b
 H
Y
 3
2
A
lp
h
a
s
y
n
 T
3
2
O
p
ti
g
e
a
r
S
y
n
th
e
ti
c
 X
 2
2
0
O
p
ti
g
e
a
r
S
y
n
th
e
ti
c
 X
 1
5
0
M
e
r
o
p
a
 2
2
0
C
a
r
t
e
r
 E
P
 2
2
0
C
a
r
t
e
r
 S
Y
 2
2
0
C
a
r
t
e
r
 S
Y
 2
2
0
C
a
r
t
e
r
 S
H
 1
5
0
C
a
r
t
e
r
 S
H
 1
5
0
C
a
r
t
e
r
 E
P
 1
5
0
C
a
r
t
e
r
 E
P
 1
5
0
D
a
c
n
is
 S
H
 3
2
D
a
c
n
is
 S
H
 3
2
C
a
r
t
e
r
 E
P
 6
8
0
T
r
ib
o
l
1
1
0
0
/2
2
0
S
y
n
lu
b
e
C
L
P
 2
2
0
T
r
ib
o
l
8
0
0
/2
2
0
R
e
n
o
li
n
 U
n
is
y
n
C
L
P
 1
5
0
R
e
n
o
li
n
 U
n
is
y
n
C
L
P
 6
8
Re
n
o
li
n
 U
n
is
y
n
C
L
P
 4
6
0
R
e
n
o
li
n
 U
n
is
y
n
C
L
P
 1
5
0
R
e
n
o
li
n
 U
n
is
y
n
C
L
P
 6
8
R
e
n
o
li
n
 U
n
is
y
n
O
L
 3
2
R
e
n
o
li
n
 U
n
is
y
n
O
L
 3
2
P
in
n
a
c
le
E
P
 2
2
0
P
in
n
a
c
le
E
P
 1
5
0
P
in
n
a
c
le
E
P
 4
6
0
P
in
n
a
c
le
E
P
 1
5
0
C
e
t
u
s
P
A
O
 4
6
C
e
t
u
s
P
A
O
 4
6
T
r
ib
o
l
1
5
1
0
/2
2
0
R
e
n
o
li
n
C
L
P
 1
5
0
R
e
n
o
li
n
P
G
 6
8
0
R
e
n
o
li
n
P
G
 2
2
0
 C
a
s
s
id
a
F
lu
id
 G
L
 4
6
0
 
C
a
s
s
id
a
F
lu
id
 G
L
 2
2
0
 
 C
a
s
s
id
a
F
lu
id
 H
F
 6
8
P
la
n
t
o
g
e
a
r
 
4
6
0
 S
M
e
r
o
p
a
 1
5
0
T
r
ib
o
l
1
1
0
0
/1
5
0
R
e
n
o
li
n
S
E
W
 6
8
0
M
e
r
o
p
a
 6
8
0
T
r
ib
o
l
1
1
0
0
/6
8
0
S
y
n
lu
b
e
C
L
P
 2
2
0
S
y
n
lu
b
e
C
L
P
 6
8
0
T
r
ib
o
l
8
0
0
/6
8
0
R
e
n
o
li
n
C
L
P
 1
5
0
M
e
r
o
p
a
 1
5
0
T
r
ib
o
l
1
1
0
0
/1
5
0
T
r
ib
o
l
8
0
0
/2
2
0
O
p
t
il
e
b
G
T
 4
6
0
O
p
t
il
e
b
G
T
 2
2
0
O
p
t
il
e
b
H
Y
 6
8
S
h
e
ll
 O
m
a
la
S
2
 G
 2
2
0
S
h
e
ll
 O
m
a
la
S
4
 W
E
 2
2
0
S
h
e
ll
 O
m
a
la
S
4
 G
X
 2
2
0
S
h
e
ll
 O
m
a
la
S
4
 G
X
 1
5
0
S
h
e
ll
 O
m
a
la
S
4
 G
X
 6
8
S
h
e
ll
 O
m
a
la
S
4
 G
X
 6
8
S
h
e
ll
 O
m
a
la
S
2
 G
 1
5
0
S
h
e
ll
 O
m
a
la
S
2
 G
 6
8
0
S
h
e
ll
 O
m
a
la
S
4
 W
E
 6
8
0
S
h
e
ll
 O
m
a
la
S
4
 W
E
 2
2
0
S
h
e
ll
 O
m
a
la
S
4
 G
X
 4
6
0
S
h
e
ll
 O
m
a
la
S
4
 G
X
 1
5
0
S
h
e
ll
 O
m
a
la
S
2
 G
 1
5
0
K
lü
b
e
r
o
il
G
E
M
 1
-
2
2
0
 N
K
lü
b
e
r
s
y
n
t
h
G
E
M
 4
-
2
2
0
 N
K
lü
b
e
r
s
y
n
t
h
G
E
M
 
4
-
1
5
0
 N
K
lü
b
e
r
o
il
G
E
M
 1
-
1
5
0
 N
K
lü
b
e
r
-
S
u
m
m
it
H
y
S
y
n
 F
G
-
3
2
K
lü
b
e
r
-
S
u
m
m
it
H
y
S
y
n
 F
G
-
3
2
K
lü
b
e
r
o
il
G
E
M
 1
-
6
8
0
 N
K
lü
b
e
r
s
y
n
t
h
G
H
 6
-
6
8
0
K
lü
b
e
r
s
y
n
t
h
G
E
M
 4
-
4
6
0
 N
K
lü
b
e
r
s
y
n
t
h
G
E
M
 4
-
1
5
0
 N
K
lü
b
e
r
o
il
G
E
M
 1
-
1
5
0
 N
K
lü
b
e
r
s
y
n
t
h
G
H
 6
-
2
2
0
K
lü
b
e
r
s
y
n
t
h
G
H
 6
-
2
2
0
K
lü
b
e
r
s
y
n
t
h
G
H
 6
-
2
2
0
K
lü
b
e
r
 S
E
W
H
T
-
4
6
0
-
5
K
lü
b
e
r
s
y
n
t
h
U
H
1
 6
-
4
6
0
K
lü
b
e
r
s
y
n
t
h
U
H
1
 6
-
4
6
0
K
lü
b
e
r
s
y
n
t
h
U
H
1
 6
-
4
6
0
K
lü
b
e
r
s
y
n
t
h
U
H
1
 1
4
-
1
5
1
K
lü
b
e
r
o
il
4
U
H
1
-
4
6
0
 N
K
lü
b
e
r
o
il
4
U
H
1
-
2
2
0
 N
K
lü
b
e
r
o
il
4
U
H
1
-
6
8
 N
K
lü
b
e
r
b
io
C
A
2
-
4
6
0
M
o
b
il
g
e
a
r
 6
0
0
X
P
 2
2
0
M
o
b
il
G
ly
g
o
y
le
 2
2
0
M
o
b
il
S
H
C
 6
3
0
M
o
b
il
S
H
C
 6
2
9
M
o
b
il
g
e
a
r
 6
0
0
X
P
 1
5
0
M
o
b
il
g
e
a
r
 6
0
0
X
P
 1
5
0
M
o
b
il
g
e
a
r
 6
0
0
X
P
 2
2
0
M
o
b
il
lu
x
E
P
 0
0
4
M
o
b
il
S
H
C
 6
2
4
M
o
b
il
S
H
C
 6
2
6
V
G
 6
8
C
L
P
 H
C
C
L
P
 H
C
C
L
P
 P
G
M
o
b
il
S
H
C
 6
2
6
M
o
b
il
g
e
a
r
 6
0
0
X
P
 6
8
0
M
o
b
il
 
S
H
C
 6
3
4
M
o
b
il
S
H
C
 6
2
9
M
o
b
il
G
ly
g
o
y
le
 2
2
0
M
o
b
il
 G
ly
g
o
y
le
 
6
8
0
 
M
o
b
il
S
H
C
 6
2
4
M
o
b
il
S
H
C
 6
2
4
M
o
b
il
S
H
C
 6
2
4
M
o
b
il
 S
y
n
th
G
e
a
r
 O
il
7
5
 W
9
0
°C
M
o
b
il
®
H
1
 P
G
H
1
 P
G
O
il
O
il
S
ta
n
d
a
rd
S
ta
n
d
a
rd
S
ta
n
d
a
rd
T
O
 T
 A
 L
T
ri
b
o
l
O
p
ti
m
o
l
+
8
0
-4
0
-4
0
+
2
5
-4
0
+
8
0
+
6
0
-4
0
+
3
0
-4
0
-4
0
-4
0
-4
0
+
4
0
+
8
0
-2
0
+
4
0
-1
0
+
4
0
-2
0
+
4
0
R
..
K
3
7
-1
8
7
(H
K
..
)
F
..
K
..
1
9
 -
K
..
4
9
S
..
(H
S
..
)
R
..
K
3
7
-1
8
7
(H
K
..
)
F
..
S
..
(H
S
..
)
W
..
(H
W
..
)
P
S
.F
..
P
S
.C
..
B
S
.F
..
S
ta
n
d
a
rd
S
ta
n
d
a
rd
S
ta
n
d
a
rd
-4
0
+
6
0
-2
0
-2
0
-4
0
+
4
0
+
3
0
+
4
0
K
lü
b
e
r
s
y
n
t
h
G
H
 6
-
2
2
0
K
lü
b
e
r
s
y
n
t
h
G
H
 6
-
4
6
0
K
lü
b
e
r
s
y
n
t
h
U
H
1
 6
-
4
6
0
R
e
n
o
li
n
 U
n
is
y
n
C
L
P
 2
2
0
C
a
r
t
e
r
 S
H
 4
6
0
C
a
r
t
e
r
 S
H
 2
2
0
54043198373448075
INFORMATION
This lubricant recommendation in no way represents a guarantee as to the quality of
the lubricant delivered by each respective supplier. Each lubricant manufacturer is re-
sponsible for the quality of their product. Thus the lubricant table is not binding. It
may be necessary to contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
21
93
27
86
/E
N
 –
 0
5/
20
15
 
8Technical dataLubricants
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 151
8.2.3 Lubricant fill quantities
INFORMATION
The specified fill quantities are only given as a guideline. The precise values vary
depending on the number of stages and gear ratio. When filling, it is essential to
check the oil level plug since it indicates the precise oil volume.
The following tables show guide values for lubricant fill quantities in relation to the
mounting position M1 – M6.
Helical (R) gear units
R.., R..F
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
M11) M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
R07 0.12 0.20
R17 0.25 0.55 0.35 0.55 0.35 0.40
R27 0.25/0.40 0.70 0.50 0.70 0.50
R37 0.30/0.95 0.85 0.95 1.05 0.75 0.95
R47 0.70/1.50 1.60 1.50 1.65 1.50
R57 0.80/1.70 1.90 1.70 2.10 1.70
R67 1.10/2.30 2.40 2.80 2.90 1.80 2.00
R77 1.20/3.00 3.30 3.60 3.80 2.50 3.40
R87 2.30/6.0 6.4 7.2 6.3 6.5
R97 4.60/9.8 11.7 13.4 11.3 11.7
R107 6.0/13.7 16.3 16.9 19.2 13.2 15.9
R137 10.0/25.0 28.0 29.5 31.5 25.0
R147 15.4/40.0 46.5 48.0 52.0 39.5 41.0
R167 27.0/70.0 82.0 78.0 88.0 66.0 69.0
1) The larger gear unit of multi-stage gear units must be filled with the larger oil quantity. 
RF.., RZ..
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
M11) M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
RF07 0.12 0.20
RF17 0.25 0.55 0.35 0.55 0.35 0.40
RF27 0.25/0.40 0.70 0.50 0.70 0.50
RF37 0.35/0.95 0.90 0.95 1.05 0.75 0.95
RF47 0.65/1.50 1.60 1.50 1.65 1.50
RF57 0.80/1.70 1.80 1.70 2.00 1.70
RF67 1.20/2.50 2.50 2.70 2.80 1.90 2.10
RF77 1.20/2.60 3.10 3.30 3.60 2.40 3.00
RF87 2.40/6.0 6.4 7.1 7.2 6.3 6.4
RF97 5.1/10.2 11.9 11.2 14.0 11.2 11.8
RF107 6.3/14.9 15.9 17.0 19.2 13.1 15.9
RF137 9.5/25.0 27.0 29.0 32.5 25.0
RF147 16.4/42.0 47.0 48.0 52.0 42.0 42.0
RF167 26.0/70.0 82.0 78.0 88.0 65.0 71.0
1) The larger gear unit of multi-stage gear units must be filled with the larger oil quantity. 
 
 
21
93
27
86
/E
N
 –
 0
5/
20
15
 
8 Technical dataLubricants
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W152
RX..
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
RX57 0.60 0.80 1.30 0.90
RX67 0.80 1.70 1.90 1.10
RX77 1.10 1.50 2.60 2.70 1.60
RX87 1.70 2.50 4.80 2.90
RX97 2.10 3.40 7.4 7.0 4.80
RX107 3.90 5.6 11.6 11.9 7.7
RXF..
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
RXF57 0.50 0.80 1.10 0.70
RXF67 0.70 0.80 1.50 1.40 1.00
RXF77 0.90 1.30 2.40 2.00 1.60
RXF87 1.60 1.95 4.90 3.95 2.90
RXF97 2.10 3.70 7.1 6.3 4.80
RXF107 3.10 5.7 11.2 9.3 7.2
Parallel-shaft helical (F) gear units
F.., FA..B, FH..B, FV..B
Gear units Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
F..27 0.60 0.80 0.65 0.70 0.60
F..37 0.95 1.25 0.70 1.25 1.00 1.10
F..47 1.50 1.80 1.10 1.90 1.50 1.70
F..57 2.60 3.50 2.10 3.50 2.80 2.90
F..67 2.70 3.80 1.90 3.80 2.90 3.20
F..77 5.9 7.3 4.30 8.0 6.0 6.3
F..87 10.8 13.0 7.7 13.8 10.8 11.0
F..97 18.5 22.5 12.6 25.2 18.5 20.0
F..107 24.5 32.0 19.5 37.5 27.0
F..127 40.5 54.5 34.0 61.0 46.3 47.0
F..157 69.0 104.0 63.0 105.0 86.0 78.0
 
FF..
Gear units Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
FF27 0.60 0.80 0.65 0.70 0.60
FF37 1.00 1.25 0.70 1.30 1.00
FF47 1.60 1.85 1.10 1.90 1.50 1.70
FF57 2.80 3.50 2.10 3.70 2.90 3.00
FF67 2.70 3.80 1.90 3.80 2.90 3.20
FF77 5.9 7.3 4.30 8.1 6.0 6.3
FF87 10.8 13.2 7.8 14.1 11.0 11.2
FF97 19.0 22.5 12.6 25.6 18.9 20.5
FF107 25.5 32.0 19.5 38.5 27.5 28.0
FF127 41.5 55.5 34.0 63.0 46.3 49.0
FF157 72.0105.0 64.0 106.0 87.0 79.0
 
 
21
93
27
86
/E
N
 –
 0
5/
20
15
 
8Technical dataLubricants
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 153
FA.., FH.., FV.., FAF.., FAZ.., FHF.., FZ.., FHZ.., FVF.., FVZ.., FT..
Gear units Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
F..27 0.60 0.80 0.65 0.70 0.60
F..37 0.95 1.25 0.70 1.25 1.00 1.10
F..47 1.50 1.80 1.10 1.90 1.50 1.70
F..57 2.70 3.50 2.10 3.40 2.90 3.00
F..67 2.70 3.80 1.90 3.80 2.90 3.20
F..77 5.9 7.3 4.30 8.0 6.0 6.3
F..87 10.8 13.0 7.7 13.8 10.8 11.0
F..97 18.5 22.5 12.6 25.2 18.5 20.0
F..107 24.5 32.0 19.5 37.5 27.0
F..127 39.0 54.5 34.0 61.0 45.0 46.5
F..157 68.0 103.0 62.0 104.0 85.0 79.5
Helical-bevel (K) gear units
INFORMATION
All K..9 gear have a universal mounting position, which means that K..9 gear units of
the same design are filled with the same oil quantity independent of the mounting po-
sition. An exception to this is the M4 mounting position.
K.., KA..B, KH..B, KV..B
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
K..19 0.4 0.45 0.4
K..29 0.7 0.85 0.7
K..39 0.86 1.65 1.54 2.13 1.53 1.31
K..49 1.64 3.35 2.82 4.18 3.13 2.77
K..37 0.50 1.00 1.25 0.95
K..47 0.80 1.30 1.50 2.00 1.60
K..57 1.10 2.20 2.80 2.30 2.10
K..67 1.10 2.40 2.60 3.45 2.60
K..77 2.20 4.10 4.40 5.8 4.20 4.40
K..87 3.70 8.0 8.7 10.9 8.0
K..97 7.0 14.0 15.7 20.0 15.7 15.5
K..107 10.0 21.0 25.5 33.5 24.0
K..127 21.0 41.5 44.0 54.0 40.0 41.0
K..157 31.0 62.0 65.0 90.0 58.0 62.0
K..167 33.0 95.0 105.0 123.0 85.0 84.0
K..187 53.0 152.0 167.0 200 143.0
 
21
93
27
86
/E
N
 –
 0
5/
20
15
 
8 Technical dataLubricants
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W154
KF..
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
KF19 0.4 0.45 0.4
KF29 0.7 0.85 0.7
KF39 0.86 1.65 1.54 2.13 1.53 1.31
KF49 1.64 3.35 2.82 4.18 3.13 2.77
KF37 0.50 1.10 1.50 1.00
KF47 0.80 1.30 1.70 2.20 1.60
KF57 1.20 2.20 2.40 3.15 2.50 2.30
KF67 1.10 2.40 2.80 3.70 2.70
KF77 2.10 4.10 4.40 5.9 4.50
KF87 3.70 8.2 9.0 11.9 8.4
KF97 7.0 14.7 17.3 21.5 15.7 16.5
KF107 10.0 21.8 25.8 35.1 25.2
KF127 21.0 41.5 46.0 55.0 41.0
KF157 31.0 66.0 69.0 92.0 62.0
KA.., KH.., KV.., KAF.., KHF.., KVF.., KZ.., KAZ.., KHZ.., KVZ.., KT..
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
K..19 0.4 0.45 0.4
K..29 0.7 0.85 0.7
K..39 0.86 1.65 1.54 2.13 1.53 1.31
K..49 1.64 3.35 2.82 4.18 3.13 2.77
K..37 0.50 1.00 1.40 1.00
K..47 0.80 1.30 1.60 2.15 1.60
K..57 1.20 2.20 2.40 3.15 2.70 2.40
K..67 1.10 2.40 2.70 3.70 2.60
K..77 2.10 4.10 4.60 5.9 4.40
K..87 3.70 8.2 8.8 11.1 8.0
K..97 7.0 14.7 15.7 20.0 15.7
K..107 10.0 20.5 24.0 32.4 24.0
K..127 21.0 41.5 43.0 52.0 40.0
K..157 31.0 66.0 67.0 87.0 62.0
K..167 33.0 95.0 105.0 123.0 85.0 84.0
K..187 53.0 152.0 167.0 200 143.0
Helical-worm (S) gear units
S..
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M31) M4 M5 M6
S37 0.25 0.40 0.50 0.55 0.40
S47 0.35 0.80 0.70/0.90 1.00 0.80
S57 0.50 1.20 1.00/1.20 1.45 1.30
S67 1.00 2.00 2.20/3.10 3.10 2.60 2.60
S77 1.90 4.20 3.70/5.4 5.9 4.40
S87 3.30 8.1 6.9/10.4 11.3 8.4
S97 6.8 15.0 13.4/18.0 21.8 17.0
1) The larger gear unit of multi-stage gear units must be filled with the larger oil quantity. 
 
 
21
93
27
86
/E
N
 –
 0
5/
20
15
 
8Technical dataLubricants
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 155
SF..
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M31) M4 M5 M6
SF37 0.25 0.40 0.50 0.55 0.40
SF47 0.40 0.90 0.90/1.05 1.05 1.00
SF57 0.50 1.20 1.00/1.50 1.55 1.40
SF67 1.00 2.20 2.30/3.00 3.20 2.70
SF77 1.90 4.10 3.90/5.8 6.5 4.90
SF87 3.80 8.0 7.1/10.1 12.0 9.1
SF97 7.4 15.0 13.8/18.8 22.6 18.0
1) The larger gear unit of multi-stage gear units must be filled with the larger oil quantity. 
SA.., SH.., SAF.., SHZ.., SAZ.., SHF.., ST..
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M31) M4 M5 M6
S..37 0.25 0.40 0.50 0.40
S..47 0.40 0.80 0.70/0.90 1.00 0.80
S..57 0.50 1.10 1.00/1.50 1.50 1.20
S..67 1.00 2.00 1.80/2.60 2.90 2.50
S..77 1.80 3.90 3.60/5.0 5.8 4.50
S..87 3.80 7.4 6.0/8.7 10.8 8.0
S..97 7.0 14.0 11.4/16.0 20.5 15.7
1) The larger gear unit of multi-stage gear units must be filled with the larger oil quantity. 
SPIROPLAN® (W) gear units
INFORMATION
SPIROPLAN® gear units W..10 to W..30 have a universal mounting position, which
means that gear units of the same design are filled with the same amount of oil inde-
pendent of the mounting position.
The oil fill quantity of SPIROPLAN® gear units W..37 and W..47 in mounting position
M4 is different from that of the other mounting positions.
 
W.., WA..B, WH..B
Gear units Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
W..10 0.16
W..20 0.24
W..30 0.40
W..37 0.50 0.70 0.50
W..47 0.90 1.40 0.90
WF..
Gear units Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
WF10 0.16
WF20 0.24
WF30 0.40
WF37 0.50 0.70 0.50
WF47 0.90 1.55 0.90
 
 
 
21
93
27
86
/E
N
 –
 0
5/
20
15
 
8 Technical dataLubricants
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W156
WA.., WAF..,WH.., WT.., WHF..
Gear units Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
W..10 0.16
W..20 0.24
W..30 0.40
W..37 0.50 0.70 0.50
W..47 0.80 1.40 0.80
21
93
27
86
/E
N
 –
 0
5/
20
15
 
9MalfunctionsLubricants
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 157
9 Malfunctions
 WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• De-energize the motor before you start working on the unit.
• Secure the motor against unintended power-up.
 CAUTION
Risk of burns due to hot gear unit and hot gear unit oil.
Severe injuries.
• Let the gear unit cool down before you start working on it.
• Carefully remove the oil level plug and the oil drain plug.
NOTICE
Damage to gear unit due to improper operation.
Damage to the gear unit/gearmotor.
• Repair works at SEW‑EURODRIVE gear units may only be performed by quali-
fied personnel. I the context of this documentation, qualified personnel are per-
sons who are familiar with the "Technical regulations on operating safety"
(TRBS).
• Drive and motor may only be disconnected by qualified personnel.
• Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
21
93
27
86
/E
N
 –
 0
5/
20
15
 
9 MalfunctionsGear units
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W158
9.1 Gear units
Fault Possible cause Measure
Unusual, regular run-
ning noise
• Meshing/grinding noise: Bearing
damage
• Check oil consistency, change bearings
• Knocking noise: Irregularity in the
gearing
• Consult SEW‑EURODRIVE
• Deformation of the housing upon
tightening
• Check the gear unit mounting for possi-
ble deformation and correct if necessary
• Noise generated by insufficient
stiffness of the gear unit founda-
tion
• Reinforce the gear unit foundation
Unusual, irregular run-
ning noises
• Foreign objects in the oil • Checking the oil consistency
• Stop the drive, contact
SEW‑EURODRIVE
Oil leaking from inspec-
tion cover
• Seal of the inspection cover leak-
ing
• Tighten the screws of the inspection
cover and observe the gear unit. Con-
tact SEW‑EURODRIVE if oil is still leak-
ing.
• Seal defective • Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
Small amounts of oil
leak from the oil seal
during run-in phase.
• Function-related pseudo-leakage • There is no fault. Remove with soft, lint-
free cloth and keep monitoring it.
Film of moisture around
the dust lip of the oil
seal
• Function-related pseudo-leakage • There is no fault. Remove with soft, lint-
free cloth and keep monitoring it.
Oil leaking from the oil
seal.
• Oil seal leaking/defective • Check sealing system. It may be neces-
sary to contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
Oil leaking from motor
(e.g. terminal box or
fan)
• Too much oil • Check oil level, correct if necessary
• Gear unit not ventilated • Vent gear unit
• Oil seal leaking/defective • Check sealing system. It may be neces-
sary to contactSEW‑EURODRIVE.
Oil leaking from flange • Flange gasket leaking/defective • Check sealing system. It may be neces-
sary to contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
• Too much oil • Check oil level, correct if necessary
• Gear unit not ventilated • Vent gear unit
Oil leaking from breath-
er valve.
• Too much oil. • Check oil quantity, correct if necessary
• Function-related oil mist • There is no fault.
• Drive not installed in proper
mounting position.
• Install breather valve correctly and ad-
just the oil level.
• Frequent cold starts (oil foaming)
and/or high oil level.
• Install oil expansion tank.
Output shaft does not
turn although the motor
is running or the input
shaft is rotated.
• Shaft-hub connection in the gear
unit interrupted.
• Send in the gear unit/gearmotor for re-
pair
21
93
27
86
/E
N
 –
 0
5/
20
15
 
9MalfunctionsAdapters AM/AQ./AL/EWH
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 159
9.2 Adapters AM/AQ./AL/EWH
Fault Possible cause Measure
Unusual, regular run-
ning noise
• Meshing/grinding noise: Bearing
damage
• Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
Oil leaking. • Seal defective • Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
Output shaft does not
turn although the motor
is running or the input
shaft is rotated.
• Shaft-hub connection in the gear
unit interrupted.
• Send in the gear unit/gearmotor for re-
pair.
Change in running
noise and/or vibrations
• Ring gear wear, short-term torque
transmission through metal con-
tact
• Change the ring gear.
• Screws to secure hub axially are
loose
• Tighten the screws
Premature wear in girth
gear
• Contact with aggressive fluids/
oils; ozone influence; excessive
ambient temperatures, etc. that
can change the physical proper-
ties of the ring gear.
• Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
• Impermissibly high ambient/
contact temperature for the girth
gear; maximum permitted tem-
perature: -20 °C to +80 °C.
• Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
• Overload • Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
9.3 AD input shaft assembly
Fault Possible cause Measure
Unusual, regular run-
ning noise.
• Meshing/grinding noise: Bearing
damage.
• Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
Oil is leaking. • Seal defective. • Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
Output shaft does not
turn although the input
shaft is rotated.
• Shaft-hub connection in gear unit
or cover interrupted.
• Send the gear unit to
SEW‑EURODRIVE for repair.
21
93
27
86
/E
N
 –
 0
5/
20
15
 
9 MalfunctionsCustomer service
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W160
9.4 Customer service
If you require customer service, include the following information:
• Nameplate data (complete)
• Nature and extent of the problem
• Time the failure occurred and any accompanying circumstances
• Presumed cause
• A digital picture of the failure, if possible.
9.5 Waste disposal
Dispose gear units in accordance with the material structure and the regulations in
force:
• As steel scrap
– Housing parts
– Gears
– Shafts
– Rolling bearing
• Parts of the worm gears are made of non-ferrous metals. Dispose of the worm
gears appropriately.
• Collect used oil and dispose of it according to the regulations in force.
 
 
21
93
27
86
/E
N
 –
 0
5/
20
15
 
Falutech – Nygårdsvej 13 – 9600 Aars – plast@falutech.dk 
Tlf. +45 98378833 – Mobil 40543056 – 7/2 - 2017 
 
Falutech – Nygårdsvej 13 – 9600 Aars – plast@falutech.dk 
Tlf. +45 98378833 – Mobil 40543056 – 7/2 - 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
Declaration of compliance for semi-finished products intended to come into contact with food 
Falutech hereby declare that: Blue PEHD 1000 
the material is handled and processed according to the manufacturers recommendation. The semi-finished product 
PEHD 1000 meets the applicable requirements of the following regulations: 
• European Regulation 10/2011/EC with later adjustments 
• European Regulation 1935/2004/EC 
• Council Regulation 2023/2006 (GMP) FDA §21 CFR 177.1520 
The raw material used, meets the applicable requirements set for the monomers and the other substances (additives, 
polymer production aids, colorants etc) according to Regulation 10/ 2011/EC and adjustments and do not contain any 
substances being liable to any restriction or specification. This also applies to Dual-Use-Substances. The following 
substances, declared as food additives, according to EU10/2011: Calcium Stearate CAS-No. 001592-23-0. 
Global and specific migration according to EU 10/2011: 
Food simulant: 
 
Simulant A 
10 % Ethanol 
Simulant B 
3% Acetic Acid 
Simulant D2 
Types of food intended to 
come into repeated contact 
with the material: 
Hydrophilic foods 
 (Aqueous foods) 
Acidic foods (pH≤4,5) Vegetable oil 
Test conditions 
 
 
 
OM2* 
10 days 40 °C 
 
 
OM2* 
10 days 40°C 
 
 
OM5 replaced by 4+5** 
according to Council Directive 
82/711/EEC 
Food types and use 
 
 
All types of food according to Annex III Part 4 (OML) and Annex 5 Part 2.1.2 (SML) 
Tested at a surface to volume ratio of 6:1 for repeated use 
 
Result: Passed – no limitation Passed - no limitation Passed - no limitation 
Max continuous service 
temperature 
80 °C 
* Definition OM2: Any long term storage at room temperature or below, including heating up to 70 °C for up to 2 hours, or heating 
up to 100 °C for up to 15 minutes Test OM 2 covers also food contact conditions described for OM1 and OM3**Definition 
OM4: High temperature applications for all food simulants at temperature up to 100 °C 
***Definition OM5: High temperature applications up to 121 °C. Test OM 5 covers also food contact conditions described for OM1, 
OM2, OM3, OM4. It represents the worst case conditions for all food simulants in contact with polyolefins. 
 
Kunde: Dantech 
Leverings dato: 
Faktura Nummer: 
Materiale: 
Batch Nummer: 
Supplier Code: 
mailto:plast@falutech.dk
mailto:plast@falutech.dk
Falutech – Nygårdsvej 13 – 9600 Aars – plast@falutech.dk 
Tlf. +45 98378833 – Mobil 40543056 – 7/2 - 2017 
 
Falutech – Nygårdsvej 13 – 9600 Aars – plast@falutech.dk 
Tlf. +45 98378833 – Mobil 40543056 – 7/2 - 2017 
 
Specification on the intended use of the product: 
For further details regarding the intended use of the material, as well as information on the raw materials and the 
manufacturing process, please refer to the following pages of this certificate. 
Falutech Denmark hereby confirms that the delivery is in accordance with the order. 
Falutech is officially authorized by the Danish Veterinary and Food Administration under the Danish Food 
Act. 
 
 
 
mailto:plast@falutech.dk
mailto:plast@falutech.dk
Falutech – Nygårdsvej 13 – 9600 Aars – plast@falutech.dk 
Tlf. +45 98378833 – Mobil 40543056 – 7/2 - 2017 
Falutech – Nygårdsvej 13 – 9600 Aars – plast@falutech.dk 
Tlf. +45 98378833 – Mobil 40543056 – 7/2 - 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
Declaration of compliance for semi-finished products intended to come into contact with food 
Falutech hereby declare that: 
FCM** PEHD 500, Blue plates (PE-HMW) (1) 
Is intended to come into contact with food and: 
• Comply with the requirements of the Regulation (EC) No. 1935/2004 of 27 October 2004 
• Comply with the relevant requirements in Regulation (EU) 10/2011 as amended up to and 
inclusive of the commission regulation (EU) No. 2015/174 
• Comply with the relevant requirements in declaration 822 of January 26 2013 
• Are manufactured and handled according to good manufacturing practice (GMP) as set out in 
the (EC) 2023/2006 of 22. December 2006 on good manufacturing practice for materials and 
articles intended to come into contact with food. 
Based on migration tests performed on the products according to Regulation (EU) 10/2011 as amended, 
the overall migration as well as the specific migration does not exceed the legal limits set out in Regulation 
(EU) 10/2011 when used as specified below. Please be aware that the temperature of treatment and 
storage are therefore not necessarily the acceptable service temperature. Acceptableservice temperature 
is described in Falutech technical documentation. 
Specification on the intended use of the products: 
* Unlimited storage 
Migration test conditions 
 - Overall migration tests run under the standardized testing conditions 
 OM2 in 10% ethanol (v/v) and 3% acetic acid (w/v) and OM5 in isooctane (2 h, 60oC) and 
 95% ethanol (4 h, 60oC) 
Kunde: Dantech 
Leverings dato: 
Faktura Nummer: 
Materiale: 
Batch Nummer: 
Supplier Code: 
mailto:plast@falutech.dk
mailto:plast@falutech.dk
Falutech – Nygårdsvej 13 – 9600 Aars – plast@falutech.dk 
Tlf. +45 98378833 – Mobil 40543056 – 7/2 - 2017 
Falutech – Nygårdsvej 13 – 9600 Aars – plast@falutech.dk 
Tlf. +45 98378833 – Mobil 40543056 – 7/2 - 2017 
 
Vegetable oil being replaced by isooctane and 95% ethanol in accordance with Directive 82/711/ECC as 
vegetable oil is technically not feasible with the used methods of analyses. 
Ratio of food contact surface area to volume (S/V) used to establish the compliance of the material: S/V = 6 
** FCM = Food Contact Material (In Danish FKM = Fødevare Kontakt Materiale) 
 
Declaration of compliance for semi-finished products intended to come into contact with food 
FCM PE 500, natural plates (PE-HMW) 
No substances, subject to restrictions under Regulation (EU) 10/2011 as amended, are used in the 
products. 
The following substances, identified as dual use additives under Regulation (EU) 10/2011 as amended, are 
used in the products: 
• Chemical name of the substances 
• Calcium stearate (CAS No 001592-23-0) 
It remains the responsibility of the customer putting the plastic article manufactured from the products 
into the intended use, to assess the final suitability of the plastics material for the intended food contact 
application; i.e. checking if the physical properties of the plastics material make it suitable for the intended 
application, checking compliance of the finished plastics article with the relevant migration limits, checking 
for possible influence of the plastics material on the composition and/or organoleptic properties of the 
contacting foodstuff, etc. 
(1) This declaration expires 3 years after its date of issue or in case of regulatory or compositional changes 
which require re-evaluation. Please always contact Falutech’ customer service for latest version. 
For information about available dimensions, please contact Falutech’s customer service. 
Notes: 
• Finished food contact articles shall be manufactured such that the surface skin(s) of the 
semi finished products is (are) taken away. 
• It remains the responsibility of the customer putting the plastic articles manufactured from 
the products into the intended use that in accordance with good manufacturing practice, 
finished food contact articles are thoroughly cleansed prior to their first use in contact with 
food. 
• This declaration of compliance is only valid for semi finished products that are carrying the 
Quadrant ”for food contact label” (sticker) carrying the unique ”production order number” 
that allows traceability. 
• It is the responsibility of the buyer to assure the traceability of the material during any 
other downstream use up to and including the finished machined part as well as the 
equipment in which it is assembled. 
 Falutech is officially authorized by the Danish Veterinary and 
Food Administration under the Danish Food Act. 
 
 
mailto:plast@falutech.dk
mailto:plast@falutech.dk
Safety Data Sheet according to Regulation (EC) No. 1907/
2006 (REACH)
Printed 22.10.2010
Revision 30.08.2010 (GB) Version 1.0
CASSIDA GREASE LTS 1
A01-07531
FUCHS LUBRITECH GMBH, 67661 Kaiserslautern/ Germany Page 1/5
1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE/PREPARATION AND OF THE COMPANY/UNDERTAKING
Name of product CASSIDA GREASE LTS 1
Manufacturer/distributor FUCHS LUBRITECH GMBH
Werner-Heisenberg-Straße 1, D-67661 Kaiserslautern/ Germany
Phone +49 (0) 6301 3206 - 0, Fax +49 (0) 6301 3206 - 940
E-Mail reach@fuchs-lubritech.de
Internet www.fuchs-lubritech.com
Advice Product Safety Management
Phone +49 (0) 6301 3206 - 0
Fax +49 (0) 6301 3206 - 940
Emergency advice +49 (0)171 / 4632154
Recommended intended purpose(s)
Lubricating grease
2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
Information pertaining to special dangers for human and environment
none at appropriate handling and storage
Remarks for labelling
The product does not require a hazard warning label in accordance with EC directives/German regulations on dangerous substances.
Although this product does not require a hazard warning label, we recommend that the safety advice should be observed.
Classification done on the basis of calculation methods of substance directive (67/548 / EEC ).
3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
Description
Thickening system and additives in synthetic oil
Product contains only substances permitted under US 21CFR 178.3570, 178.3620 and 182 for use in lubricants with incidental food contact.
Additional advice
No hazardous material resp. below level of consideration according to RL 67/548 EWG
4. FIRST AID MEASURES
General information
Remove contaminated soaked clothing immediately, don`t leave to dry.
In case of inhalation
Ensure of fresh air.
In the event of symptoms refer for medical treatment.
(may be relevant for vapours of superheated product)
In case of skin contact
In case of contact with skin wash off with soap and water.
Don't use organic solvents
Consult a doctor if skin irritation persists.
In case of eye contact
In case of contact with eyes rinse with plenty of water carefully. In the event of persistent symptoms seek medical treatment.
In case of ingestion
Do not induce vomiting.
Refer to medical treatment.
Physician's information / possible symptoms
No symptoms known so far.
Treatment (Advice to doctor)
Treat symptoms.
Safety Data Sheet according to Regulation (EC) No. 1907/
2006 (REACH)
Printed 22.10.2010
Revision 30.08.2010 (GB) Version 1.0
CASSIDA GREASE LTS 1
A01-07531
FUCHS LUBRITECH GMBH, 67661 Kaiserslautern/ Germany Page 2/5
5. FIRE-FIGHTING MEASURES
Suitable extinguishing media
Foam
Dry fire-extinguishing substance
Carbon dioxide
water mist
Extinguishing media which must not be used for safety reasons
Strong water jet
Special exposure hazards arising from the substance or preparation itself, combustion products, resulting gases
Fire gas of organic material has to be classed invariably as respiratory poison.
Special protective equipment for fire-fighters
Use breathing apparatus with independent air supply.
Wear suitable personal protective equipment for fire extinguishing measures.
Additional information
Apply foam in large quantities because some of it is destroyed by the product.
Fire residues and contaminated firefighting water must be disposed of in accordance with the local regulations.
6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
Personal precautions
Ensure adequate ventilation.
Avoid contact with skin and eyes
High risk of slipping due to leakage/spillage of product.
Environmental precautions
Collect contaminated water / firefighting water separately.
Do not discharge into the drains/surface waters/groundwater.
Methods for cleaning up
Send in suitable containers for recovery or disposal.
Take up residues with absorbent material (e.g. sand, sawdust, general-purpose binder).
Take up mechanically.
Additional Information
Informations for disposal see chapter 13.
7. HANDLING AND STORAGE
Advice on safe handling
Avoid formation of oil dust.
Care for thoroughly room ventilation, if necessary use in well ventilated area with local exhaust ventilation at workplace.
Advice on protection against fire and explosion
The product is combustible.
Pay attention to general rules of internal fire prevention.
Requirements for storage rooms and vessels
Prevent penetration into the ground.
Advice on storage compatibility
Do not store together with oxidising and self-inflammablematerials.
Further information on storage conditions
Keep container tightly closed, store at cool and aired place, open and handle carefully.
Protect from heat and direct solar radiation.
Storage temperature may not exceed 40°C (=104°F).
Store in a dry place.
Do not keep at temperatures below 0°C.
Recommended storage temperature: room temperature.
Storage group 10
Fire class B
Information on storage stability
See technical information about storage of lubricants
Safety Data Sheet according to Regulation (EC) No. 1907/
2006 (REACH)
Printed 22.10.2010
Revision 30.08.2010 (GB) Version 1.0
CASSIDA GREASE LTS 1
A01-07531
FUCHS LUBRITECH GMBH, 67661 Kaiserslautern/ Germany Page 3/5
8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION
Additional advice on system design
Care for good room ventilation, exhaust system at workshop place if necessary
Additional advice
As basis for this information served the valid references.
Respiratory protection
Not required at determined application
Hand protection
As the product is a preparation of several substances, the resistance of the materials used for gloves cannot be predetermined; it is therefore necessary 
to check this before using the product.
The break through time depends on the mechanical stress imposed and must therefore be checked individually.
PVC gloves
nitrile gloves
Neoprene gloves
Eye protection
tightly fitting goggles, in case of splashing
Skin protection
Usual working clothes for chemical industries
General protective measures
Avoid contact with eyes and skin
Do not inhale gases/vapours/aerosols.
Hygiene measures
Cloths contaminated with product should not be kept in trouser pockets.
Follow general rules of industrial hygiene for safe handling of chemical products
Remove soaked clothing immediately.
Wash skin thoroughly and immediately after handling the product.
Use barrier skin cream.
9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Form
pasty
Colour
light yellow
Odour
odourless
Important health, safety and environmental information
Value Temperature at Method Remark
pH value in delivery state not applicable
boiling range not determined
drop point > 240 °C
Flash point > 150 °C
Ignition temperature > 320 °C
Lower explosion limit 1 Vol-% information refer to base oil
Upper explosion limit 10 Vol-% information refer to base oil
Vapour pressure < 0,5 Pa 20 °C
Density ca. 0,9 g/cm3 15 °C
Solubility in water more or less insoluble
Partition coefficient (log 
pOW)
> 6
Oxidizing properties
no
Safety Data Sheet according to Regulation (EC) No. 1907/
2006 (REACH)
Printed 22.10.2010
Revision 30.08.2010 (GB) Version 1.0
CASSIDA GREASE LTS 1
A01-07531
FUCHS LUBRITECH GMBH, 67661 Kaiserslautern/ Germany Page 4/5
10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
Conditions to avoid
Heating, unshielded flame, ignition source, electrostatic charge
Materials to avoid
Reactions with oxidising agents.
Hazardous decomposition products
none at appropriate handling and storage
Thermal decomposition
Remark No decomposition if used as directed.
11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Acute toxicity/Irritability/Sensitization
Value/Validation Species Method Remark
LD 50 acute oral not determined
Irritability skin frequent and/or persistent contact may cause skin 
irritation
Irritability eye may have irritating effect if splash reaches eye
Skin sensitization No sensitizing effect known
Experiences made from practice
Has a degreasing effect on the skin.
no harmful effects at appropriate handling and determined usage
Additional information
No toxical dates available.
The product was classified on the basis of the calculation procedure of the directive 67/548/EEC (conventional method).
12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Data on elimination (persistence and degradability)
Elimination rate Method of analysis Method Validation
Biological 
degradability
not determined
Mobility and bioaccumulative potential
Because of its consistency the product cannot be dispersed in the environment. Adverse ecological effects are therefore unlikely on the basis of current 
knowledge.
preparation is water insoluble and does not formate emulsion
Ecotoxicological effects
Value Species Method Validation
Fish not determined
Behaviour in sewage plant
The viscous consistency of the product can cause trouble in transport lines and purification plants.
General regulation
Ecological dates are not available.
Do not allow uncontrolled leakage of product into the environment.
13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
Recommendations for the product
Waste disposal in accordance with the relevant regulations.
Recommendations for packaging
Totally emptied packaging may be taken for recycling.
Dispose one-trip container according to local authority prescriptions
EAK 15 01 99 D1: packing material with harmful contamination
General information
Ultimately responsible for correct classification is the waste producer, as the EWC names different codes for different origins of same waste
Safety Data Sheet according to Regulation (EC) No. 1907/
2006 (REACH)
Printed 22.10.2010
Revision 30.08.2010 (GB) Version 1.0
CASSIDA GREASE LTS 1
A01-07531
FUCHS LUBRITECH GMBH, 67661 Kaiserslautern/ Germany Page 5/5
14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION
Land and inland navigation transport ADR/RID
No hazardous material as defined by the prescriptions.
Marine transport IMDG
No hazardous goods as defined by prescriptions
Air transport ICAO/IATA-DGR
No hazardous goods as defined by prescriptions
15. REGULATORY INFORMATION
National regulations
Water hazard class 1 Mixture-WGK according to VwVwS (GER)
VOC standard
VOC content 0 % 
16. OTHER INFORMATION
Training advice
Use information in this MSDS
Recommendend uses and restrictions
usage only according to instructions for use and observance of warning notes
National and local regulations concerning chemicals shall be observed.
Further information
The information given in this MSDS is based on the present state of knowledge and is intended to describe our products from the point of view of safety 
requirements only.
Substantial changes to the former version are marked by "!" on the left margin of the paper.
All the raw materials in this product are listed in TSCA.
Refer to product information paper.
Sources of key data used
Material Safety Data Sheets of raw materials
 
Overensstemmelseserklæring 
PE-HD 500 natur 
 
Virksomhedsdokument Side 1 af 1 Filnavn: V441.doc 
Ansvar: Q-Chef Version: 09-12-2015 
 
Erklæringen er gyldig i 2 år Udskrevet 30-08-2017 
 
 
OTV PLAST A/S 
Søndergade 115 
DK-6600 Vejen 
 
 
 Materiale betegnelse.: PE-HD 500 - polyethylen 
Fremstillingsland: EU 
Anvendelse: Fødevare Kontakt Materiale (FKM) 
 
 Materialet er i overensstemmelse med forordning 1935/2004/EC af 27. oktober vedr. fødevarekon-
taktmaterialer. 
 Materialet er i overensstemmelse med forordning 10/2011/EC af 14. januar 2011 vedr. fødevarekon-
taktmateriale af kunststof. 
 Produktion af ovenstående materiale samt emner bearbejdet af dette materiale på OTV er udført i 
henhold til 2023/2006/EC af 22. december 2006, som omhandler god fremstillingsmæssig praksis 
(GMP - Good manufacturing practice). 
 
 Sporbar metodik og egenkontrol forefindes som led i opfyldelsen af ovenstående forordninger 
samt 2023/2006/EC. 
 
Varenr.: 24202xxxxx 
 
 
 Materialet indeholder ikke Dual Use Additiver 
 
 Materialet leveret til OTV opfylder Food & Drug Administration FDA 21 CFR 177.1520 og 21 CFR 
178.3297 
 
 
 
Migrationstest er udført i henhold til 10/2011 efter metoden 80.30-1(EG) til 80.30-18(EG) 
Den globale migration (OML) og den specifikke migration (SML) ligger under de tilladte 
grænseværdier. 
 
Levnedsmiddel simulant for 
migrationstest 
Prøvemetode 80.30-4 Specifik anvendelse 
3 % Eddikesyre 3 x 4 h / kogepunkt Direkte kontakt med levnedsmiddel op til 
100o C (tidsrummet for kontakten ikke 
nærmer bestemt) 
10 % Ethanol 3 x 4 h / kogepunkt 
Iso-Octan 3 x 4 h / 60o C 
 
Overfladeareal / Rumindhold: 6 dm2 pr.kg 
 
 
 
OTV Plast A/S er registreret ved fødevarestyrelsen i fødevareregion syd, og fået tildelt en 
Elite Smiley. 
 
 
Overensstemmelseserklæring 
PEHD 1000 natur 
 
Virksomhedsdokument Side 1 af 1 Filnavn: V449.doc 
Ansvar: Q-chef Godkendt: H. Jylov Version: 25-06-2014 
 
Erklæringen er gyldig i 2 år Udskrevet 30-08-2017 
 
 
OTV PLAST A/S 
Søndergade 115 
DK-6600 Vejen 
 
 
 Materiale betegnelse.: PE-HD 1000 - polyethylen 
Fremstillingsland: EU 
Anvendelse: Fødevare Kontakt Materiale (FKM) 
 
 Materialet er i overensstemmelse med forordning 1935/2004/EC af 27. oktober vedr. fødevarekon-
taktmaterialer. 
 Materialet er i overensstemmelse med forordning 10/2011/EC af 14. januar 2011 vedr. fødevarekon-
taktmateriale af kunststof. 
 Materialet er i overensstemmelse med forordning 1282/2011 EC af 28. november 2011 vedr. æn-
dring og korrektur af forordning 10/2011. 
 
 Produktion af ovenstående materiale samt emner bearbejdet af dette materiale på OTV er udført i 
henhold til 2023/2006/EC af 22. december 2006, som omhandler god fremstillingsmæssig praksis 
(GMP - Good manufacturing practice). 
 
 Sporbar metodik og egenkontrol forefindes som led i opfyldelsen af ovenstående forordninger 
samt 2023/2006/EC. 
 
Varenr.: 24302xxxxx 
 
 
 
 Materialet er i overensstemmelse med den danske bekendtgørelse 579 af 1. juni 
2011. 
 Materialet leveret til OTV Plast A/S opfylder Food & Drug Administration FDA (CFR 21, 
178.3297 og CFR 177.1520 
 
Migrationstest er udført i henhold til 10/2011 efter metoden 80.30-1(EG) til 80.30-18(EG) 
Den globale migration (OML) og den specifikke migration (SML) ligger under de tilladte 
grænseværdier. 
 
Levnedsmiddel simulant for 
migrationstest 
Prøvemetode 80.30-4 Specifik anvendelse 
3 % Eddikesyre 3 x 4 h / kogepunkt Direkte kontakt med levnedsmiddel op til 
100o C (tidsrummet for kontakten ikke 
nærmer bestemt) 
10 % Ethanol 3 x 4 h / kogepunkt 
Iso-Octan 3 x 4 h / 60o C 
 
Overfladeareal / Rumindhold: 6 dm2 pr. kg 
 
 
 
OTV Plast A/S er registreret ved fødevarestyrelsen i fødevareregion syd, og fået tildelt en 
Elite Smiley. 
 
 
Overensstemmelseserklæring 
PE-HD 500 signalblå 
 
Virksomhedsdokument Side 1 af 1 Filnavn: V4411.doc 
Ansvar: Q-chef Godkendt: H Jylov Version: 25-06-2014 
 
Erklæringen er gyldig i 2 år Udskrevet 30-08-2017 
 
 
OTV PLAST A/S 
Søndergade 115 
DK-6600 Vejen 
 
 
 Materiale betegnelse.: PE-HD 500 – polyethylen ultramarine blå 
Fremstillingsland: EU 
Anvendelse: Fødevare Kontakt Materiale (FKM) 
 
 Materialet er i overensstemmelse med forordning 1935/2004/EC af 27. oktober vedr. fødevarekon-
taktmaterialer. 
 Materialet er i overensstemmelse med forordning 10/2011/EC af 14. januar 2011 vedr. fødevarekon-
taktmateriale af kunststof. 
 Materialet er i overensstemmelse med forordning 1282/2011 EC af 28. november 2011 vedr. æn-
dring og korrektur af forordning 10/2011. 
 
 Produktion af ovenstående materiale samt emner bearbejdet af dette materiale på OTV er udført i 
henhold til 2023/2006/EC af 22. december 2006, som omhandler god fremstillingsmæssig praksis 
(GMP - Good manufacturing practice). 
 
 Sporbar metodik og egenkontrol forefindes som led i opfyldelsen af ovenstående forordninger 
samt 2023/2006/EC. 
 
Varenr.: 24205xxxxx 
 
 
 
 Materialet er i overensstemmelse med den danske bekendtgørelse 579 af 1. juni 
2011. 
 Materialet leveret til OTV Plast A/S opfylder Food & Drug Administration FDA (CFR 21, 
178.3297 og CFR 177.1520 
 
Migrationstest er udført i henhold til 10/2011 efter metoden 80.30-1(EG) til 80.30-18(EG) 
Den globale migration (OML) og den specifikke migration (SML) ligger under de tilladte 
grænseværdier. 
 
Levnedsmiddel simulant for 
migrationstest 
Prøvemetode 80.30-4 Specifik anvendelse 
3 % Eddikesyre 3 x 4 h / kogepunkt Direkte kontakt med levnedsmiddel op til 
100o C (tidsrummet for kontakten ikke 
nærmer bestemt) 
10 % Ethanol 3 x 4 h / kogepunkt 
Iso-Octan 3 x 4 h / 60o C 
 
Overfladeareal / Rumindhold: 6 dm2 pr. kg 
 
 
 
OTV Plast A/S er registreret ved fødevarestyrelsen i fødevareregion syd, og fået tildelt en 
Elite Smiley. 
 
 
Declaration of Conformity 
 
 
 
PROFILAN Kunststoffwerk Pers. haftende Gesellschafterin: Zur Dinkel 27 – 31 Spk Westmünsterland VR-Bank Coesfeld Wir sind zertifiziert: 
GmbH & Co. KG PROFILAN Verwaltungsges. mbH D-48739 Legden Bankleitzahl: 401 545 30 Bankleitzahl: 42861387 EN ISO 9001 : 2008 
HR A 2285 HR B 3541 Telefon: (49) 02566/ 93 33-0 Kto.-Nr.: 39 052 089 Kto.-Nr.: 622 820 900 Zertifikat-Registrier-Nr.: 
AG u. Gerichtsstand Coesfeld AG u. Gerichtsstand Coesfeld Telefax: (49) 02566/ 93 33-33 IBAN:DE 20 40154530 0039052089 IBAN:DE 71 42861387 0622820900 69269-2010-AQ-GER-DAkkS 
USt-IdNr.: DE 179931174 Geschäftsführer: Hubert Rosing http://www.profilan.de BIC-Code : WELA DE 3W BIC-Code : GENO DEM 1BOB 
 E-Mail: info@profilan.de 
 
Food declaration acc. to Regulation 
(EU) 10/2011 dated 14th of January 2011 
 
PROlen 500 VIRGIN Blue 
 
PROFILAN herewith declares that the above product meets the following provisions: 
 
1. The directives, requirements and test conditions acc. to EU 10/2011 are applied. 
 
2. With respect to the applied test conditions the tested material samples meet the 
requirements of § 31 (1) of the German Food and Feed Code (LFGB) as well as 
article 3 of the regulation EG 1935/2004 in conjunction with the regulation 
EU 10/2011. 
 
3. The migration test was carried out under the following conditions: 
 
3 % acetic acid – 2 h -100° and olive oil – 2 h – 100°, 
10 % ethyl alcohol – 2 h – 100° and 50 % ethyl alcohol – 2 h – 100 °. 
 
Ratio of the surface in contact with the foodstuff to volume (S/V), used 
to determine the compliance of the material. 
 
 S = 6 
 V 
 
4. The results of all test runs were far below the stated critical values for the global 
migration of 10 mg/dm². 
 
5. Acc. to the recipe analysis no monomers or additives with restrictions acc. to 
 regulation EU 10/2011 are used. 
 
6. The tested material samples meet the requirements of 21 CFR 177.1520 and 
21 CFR §178.3297 of the US FDA regulations with regard to the characteristics 
tested. 
 
7. The above products are manufactured on the basis of the „Good Manufacturing 
Practice“(GMP) method, acc. to EU regulation no. 2023/2006. 
 
8. In case a batch-related traceability is required the production of material and 
respective documentation will be done separately. These products are additionally 
marked „FoodClass“. 
 
The above information is based on our current state of knowledge. PROFILAN does not accept any liability with regard to the suitability of the product for 
any specific application. The manufacturer of utensils/finished parts for applications with food bears the final responsibility with regard to any complaints 
concerning food law concerns. This declaration is not a written guarantee. Information given is subject to change. Any previous declarations are no longer valid. 
01/2018 
Declaration of Conformity 
 
 
 
PROFILAN Kunststoffwerk Pers. haftende Gesellschafterin: Zur Dinkel 27 – 31 Spk Westmünsterland VR-Bank Coesfeld Wir sind zertifiziert: 
GmbH & Co. KG PROFILAN Verwaltungsges. mbH D-48739 Legden Bankleitzahl: 401 545 30 Bankleitzahl: 42861387 EN ISO 9001 : 2008 
HR A 2285 HR B 3541 Telefon: (49) 02566/ 93 33-0 Kto.-Nr.: 39 052 089 Kto.-Nr.: 622 820 900 Zertifikat-Registrier-Nr.: 
AG u. Gerichtsstand Coesfeld AG u. Gerichtsstand Coesfeld Telefax: (49) 02566/ 93 33-33 IBAN:DE 20 40154530 0039052089 IBAN:DE 71 42861387 0622820900 69269-2010-AQ-GER-DAkkS 
USt-IdNr.: DE 179931174 Geschäftsführer: Hubert Rosing http://www.profilan.de BIC-Code : WELA DE 3W BIC-Code : GENO DEM 1BOB 
 E-Mail: info@profilan.de 
 
Food declaration acc. to Regulation 
(EU) 10/2011 dated 14th of January 2011 
 
PROlen 6000 VIRGIN Blue 
 
PROFILAN herewith declares that the aboveproduct meets the following provisions: 
 
1. The directives, requirements and test conditions acc. to EU 10/2011 are applied. 
 
2. With respect to the applied test conditions the tested material samples meet the 
requirements of § 31 (1) of the German Food and Feed Code (LFGB) as well as 
article 3 of the regulation EG 1935/2004 in conjunction with the regulation 
EU 10/2011. 
 
3. The migration test was carried out under the following conditions: 
 
3 % acetic acid – 2 h -100° and olive oil – 2 h – 100°, 
10 % ethyl alcohol – 2 h – 100° and 50 % ethyl alcohol – 2 h – 100 °. 
 
Ratio of the surface in contact with the foodstuff to volume (S/V), used 
to determine the compliance of the material. 
 
 S = 6 
 V 
 
4. The results of all test runs were far below the stated critical values for the global 
migration of 10 mg/dm². 
 
5. Acc. to the recipe analysis no monomers or additives with restrictions acc. to 
 regulation EU 10/2011 are used. 
 
6. The tested material samples meet the requirements of 21 CFR 177.1520 and 
21 CFR §178.3297 of the US FDA regulations with regard to the characteristics 
tested. 
 
7. The above products are manufactured on the basis of the „Good Manufacturing 
Practice“(GMP) method, acc. to EU regulation no. 2023/2006. 
 
8. In case a batch-related traceability is required the production of material and 
respective documentation will be done separately. These products are additionally 
marked „FoodClass“. 
 
The above information is based on our current state of knowledge. PROFILAN does not accept any liability with regard to the suitability of the product for 
any specific application. The manufacturer of utensils/finished parts for applications with food bears the final responsibility with regard to any complaints 
concerning food law concerns. This declaration is not a written guarantee. Information given is subject to change. Any previous declarations are no longer valid. 
01/2018 
 
 
 
Issue / Print date: 28.02.2019 / 28.02.2019 Page 1/1 
 
 
 
Product Information 
 
 
 
GEHR POM-C, blue, rods and sheets 
 
 
We confirm that the raw material, which we use for manufacturing our semi 
finished products fulfils the requirements below (tested by each raw material): 
 
 
POM-C, natural: 
European Directives: 10/2011/EC (tested also with our 
 semi-finished rods and sheets in 
 blue colored material) 
 
 
Food & Drug Administration FDA (CFR 21, 177.2470) 
 
 
Pigment: 
Basis polymer of the pigment: 
Food & Drug Administration FDA (CFR 21, 177.2480) 
 
Pigment: 
blue (pigment) FDA (CFR 21, 178.3297) 
 
European Directives: All used additives as well as the 
basic material fulfill the require-
ments of 10/2011/EC 
 
 
GEHR GmbH 
Casterfeldstraße 172 
 
68219 Mannheim 
 
Tel: +49 - 621-87 89-0 
Fax: +49 - 621-87 89-200 
 
 
The present certificate corresponds with our actual knowledge. However customers should verify regulatory status 
periodically, if needed. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
General FDA/EU approval 
 
 
PROFILAN – plastics are generally FDA approved acc. to recommendation 3, EG 1935/2004 in conjunction with the 
regulation EU 10/2011 and acc. to the consumer goods ordinance (BGVV) dated December 23, 1997. The additives used are 
in line with the recommendation for “Polyethylene” with regard to purity, quantity and kind. In addition these products 
meet the requirements of the FDA-Code, CFR Title 21 177.1520 and § 178.3297. 
 
The production of sheets/semi-finished products is performed in line with the requirements and the 
philosophy of utensils for the food industry EG 2023/2006 – GMP-Regulation = Good - Manufacturing – 
Practice, which includes the requirement for advanced quality and process control systems. 
 
 
Standard Programme 
Natur, Red, 
Yellow, Blue, 
Grey 
Green, 
Black 
Black 
-electrical 
conductive- 
Marbled 
white/grey 
PROlen 9000 Premium EU/FDA EU/FDA - - 
PROlen 6000 EU/FDA EU/FDA - - 
PROlen 6000 Colour EU/FDA EU/FDA - - 
PROlen 3000 RCM - - - - 
PROlen 6000 EL - - EU/FDA - 
PROlen Black-Multicoloured - - - - 
PROlen 6000 MoS2 - - - - 
PROlen 500 EU/FDA EU/FDA - - 
PROlen 500 Colour EU/FDA EU/FDA - EU/FDA 
PROlen 500 RCM - - - - 
PROlen 500 Multicoloured - - - - 
 
 
Special blends 
Inherent colour 
 
Green 
Black 
Black 
-electrical 
conductive- 
Marbled 
white/grey 
PROslide 9000 EL - - EU/FDA - 
PROlen 9000 H.T.R. 
(High Temperature Retarded) 
EU/FDA - - - 
PROlen 6000 GLB EU/FDA - - - 
PROoil 9000 EU/FDA - 
 
- - 
PROmid 6000 EU/FDA - - - 
PROfric 6000 EU/FDA - - - 
PROlen 500 EL - - EU/FDA - 
PROtec 500 EU/FDA - - - 
PROsan 500 EU/FDA - - - 
 
EL – elektrisch leitfähig / GLB – Glaskugeln / MOS2 – Molybdändisulfit 
 
The above information is based on our current state of knowledge. PROFILAN does not accept any liability with regard to the suitability of the product for any 
specific application. The manufacturer of utensils/finished parts for applications with food bears the final responsibility with regard to any complaints concerning 
food law concerns. This declaration is not a written guarantee. Information given is subject to change. Any previous declarations are no longer valid. 
 
 
03/2015 
Falutech – Nygårdsvej 13 – 9600 Aars – plast@falutech.dk 
Tlf. +45 98378833 – Mobil 40543056 – 7/2 - 2017 
 
Falutech – Nygårdsvej 13 – 9600 Aars – plast@falutech.dk 
Tlf. +45 98378833 – Mobil 40543056 – 7/2 - 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
Declaration of compliance for semi-finished products intended to come into contact with food 
Falutech hereby declare that: PEHD 1000 
the material is handled and processed according to the manufacturers recommendation. The semi-finished product 
PEHD 1000 meets the applicable requirements of the following regulations: 
• European Regulation 10/2011/EC with later adjustments 
• European Regulation 1935/2004/EC 
• Council Regulation 2023/2006 (GMP) FDA §21 CFR 177.1520 
The raw material used, meets the applicable requirements set for the monomers and the other substances (additives, 
polymer production aids, colorants etc) according to Regulation 10/ 2011/EC and adjustments and do not contain any 
substances being liable to any restriction or specification. This also applies to Dual-Use-Substances. The following 
substances, declared as food additives, according to EU10/2011: Calcium Stearate CAS-No. 001592-23-0. 
Global and specific migration according to EU 10/2011: 
Food simulant: 
 
Simulant A 
10 % Ethanol 
Simulant B 
3% Acetic Acid 
Simulant D2 
Types of food intended to 
come into repeated contact 
with the material: 
Hydrophilic foods 
 (Aqueous foods) 
Acidic foods (pH≤4,5) Vegetable oil 
Test conditions 
 
 
 
OM2* 
10 days 40 °C 
 
 
OM2* 
10 days 40°C 
 
 
OM5 replaced by 4+5** 
according to Council Directive 
82/711/EEC 
Food types and use 
 
 
All types of food according to Annex III Part 4 (OML) and Annex 5 Part 2.1.2 (SML) 
Tested at a surface to volume ratio of 6:1 for repeated use 
 
Result: Passed – no limitation Passed - no limitation Passed - no limitation 
Max continuous service 
temperature 
80 °C 
* Definition OM2: Any long term storage at room temperature or below, including heating up to 70 °C for up to 2 hours, or heating 
up to 100 °C for up to 15 minutes Test OM 2 covers also food contact conditions described for OM1 and OM3**Definition 
OM4: High temperature applications for all food simulants at temperature up to 100 °C 
***Definition OM5: High temperature applications up to 121 °C. Test OM 5 covers also food contact conditions described for OM1, 
OM2, OM3, OM4. It represents the worst case conditions for all food simulants in contact with polyolefins. 
 
Kunde: Dantech 
Leverings dato: 
Faktura Nummer: 
Materiale: 
Batch Nummer: 
Supplier Code: 
mailto:plast@falutech.dk
mailto:plast@falutech.dk
Falutech – Nygårdsvej 13 – 9600